Quarterlytics / Industrials / Railroads / Aurizon

Aurizon

azj · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker azj
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Railroads
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Aurizon
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
18|19

ANNUAL REPORT 

Contents

FY2019 in Review ................................................... 1

Chairman’s Report ................................................ 2

Managing Director & CEO’s Report .............. 3

Directors’ Report ...................................................4

– Operating and Financial Review ............... 10

– Remuneration Report ....................................25

Auditors’ Independence Declaration ........ 39

Corporate Governance Statement .............40

Financial Report ..................................................46

Shareholder Information  ................................110

Glossary .................................................................. 112

Corporate Information  ....................................114 

Purpose 
Growing regional Australia by delivering bulk 
commodities to the world.

Vision
The first choice for bulk commodity transport 

solutions. 

Values
 Safety: We have a relentless focus 
towards ZEROHarm.

People: We seek diverse perspectives.

Integrity: We have the courage to do  
the right thing.

Customer: We strive to be the first choice  
for customers.

Excellence: We set and achieve ambitious goals.

FY2019 in Review

Result Highlights (Underlying and statutory continuing operations)
($M)

Total revenue

EBITDA 

EBIT

Adjustments – Cliffs contract exit

– Impairments

– Redundancy benefit

EBIT – statutory

NPAT 

NPAT – statutory

Free cash flow (FCF)

Final dividend (cps)

Total dividend (cps)

Earnings per share (cps)

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

EBITDA margin (%)

Operating ratio (OR) (%)

Above Rail Tonnes (m)

Above Rail opex/NTK (excluding access) ($/’000 NTK)

Gearing (net debt/net debt + equity) (%)

FY2019

2,907.6

1,371.6

829.0

–

–

–

829.0

473.3

473.3

734.8

12.4

23.8

23.8

9.7%

47.2%

71.5%

258.9

20.3

41.7%

FY2018

VARIANCE %

3,112.7

1,466.1

940.6

34.5

(31.7)

22.9

966.3

542.1

560.1

669.4

13.1

27.1

26.9

10.9%

47.1%

69.8%

267.1

18.5

42.3%

(7%)

(6%)

(12%)

–

–

–

(14%)

(13%)

(15%)

10%

(5%)

(12%)

(12%)

(1.2ppt)

0.1ppt

(1.7ppt)

(3%)

(10%)

0.6ppt

Highlights
 › EBIT down 12% to $829.0m in line with 

Major items
 › Network – UT5 commercial deal negotiated 

Outlook
 › Underlying EBIT guidance for FY2020 

$880m – $930m 
Key assumptions:
•  Approval of the UT5 commercial deal 

during 1HFY2020 and an uplift in WACC 
from 5.9% to 6.3% assumed 2HFY2020
•  Above Rail Coal volumes 220mt – 230mt
•  Operational efficiency improvements 

remain a key driver. Redundancy costs 
included in guidance

•  Excludes earnings from the rail  

grinding business

•  No major weather or industrial  

relations impacts 

expectations with: 
•  Network down $80.3m (17%) due to 
the impact of the UT5 Final Decision, 
including the true up of FY2018 revenues

•  Coal down $13.5m (3%) with higher 

maintenance and costs to install capacity 
offset in part by higher volumes and 
revenue quality

•  Bulk down $12.8m (26%) due to the 

cessation of the Cliffs contract in June 
2018. This was partly offset by growth 
volumes and benefits from operational 
efficiencies

•  Other benefited from the reversal of a 

provision of $20.3m relating to an agreed 
settlement with a customer

 › FCF improved 10% to $734.8m due to  
the receipt of the early termination fee  
from Cliffs

 › Final dividend of 12.4cps, 70% franked 

(representing 100% payout of underlying 
NPAT for Continuing Operations), 
a decrease of 5% against prior year, 
in line with lower earnings

 › On market buy back of up to $300.0m 
announced for FY2020, confirming 
Aurizon’s commitment to returning surplus 
capital to shareholders

with customers that provides greater  
long-term certainty and improved return. 
Awaiting approval from the QCA, expected 
later in 2019

 › Outcome of the integration review concluded 

the benefits of remaining vertically 
integrated outweigh separation at this time

 › Optimal legal and capital structure 

determined which results in a more efficient 
balance sheet and funding structure. 
Provides additional funding capacity of 
~$1.2bn, with debt to be added progressively 
over time in order to mitigate risk and 
provide flexibility and optionality

 › Queensland Intermodal sold to Linfox 
in January 2019. Sale of Acacia Ridge 
Intermodal Terminal to Pacific National 
(PN) subject to Australian Competition 
and Consumer Commission (ACCC) appeal 
through Federal Court

 › Progress made on Enterprise Agreements 
(EA) with five agreements now complete 
and the Coal Queensland EA approved 
in an employee ballot awaiting Fair Work 
Commission approval. Work continues  
on the Bulk Queensland EA

FY2019 IN REVIEW

1

In September I announced Board Director, 
Karen Field’s retirement from Aurizon’s Board, 
and in May, Director John Cooper retired due 
to health reasons. Both Karen and John served 
on Aurizon’s Board and committees for seven 
years and were integral to the Company’s 
transformation. On behalf of the Board and the 
Company, I thank both Karen and John for their 
invaluable contribution to Aurizon.

With the removal of much of the regulatory 
uncertainty that impacted our business for the 
past couple of years, I am confident that our 
team can focus on our core business, drive 
further transformation and provide safe and 
efficient service to our customers. 

On behalf of the Board, I thank all employees 
across our operations for their outstanding 
contribution to our results this year and thank 
our shareholders for their ongoing support of 
our Company.

Tim Poole

Chairman 
12 August 2019

Chairman’s Report

A message from the Chairman 

Dear fellow shareholders

I am pleased to report that Aurizon made 
important progress on several key matters 
during the year ended 30 June 2019 (FY2019). 
These include working with our mining 
customers to commercially agree revised 
regulatory arrangements, the sale of our 
Queensland Intermodal business to Linfox, 
successfully defending action taken by 
the Australian Competition and Consumer 
Commission in the Federal Court (concerning 
the sale of our Acacia Ridge Intermodal 
Terminal) and extending and executing a 
number of key Above-Rail customer contracts.

In terms of earnings, Aurizon delivered Earnings 
Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) in FY2019 of 
$829 million. While lower than the prior year 
result, this is in line with expectations and 
reflects the impact of the UT5 Final Decision 
including the one-off regulatory true-up 
of $60 million. We did not provide FY2019 
EBIT guidance for Network due to regulatory 
uncertainty. Our Above Rail (non-Network) 
business of Coal and Bulk delivered a  
$450 million contribution to Group EBIT 
(excluding redundancy), above the top end  
of guidance range we provided to the market  
in August 2018. 

Volumes in the Coal business were at a 
record high despite operational challenges 
of industrial action and supply chain impacts. 
The Bulk business continued to progress its 
turnaround program, securing new customers 
and implementing several operational 
improvements. Our Network business delivered 
a record 232.7 million tonnes across the Central 
Queensland Coal Network (CQCN) in FY2019, a 
great result for the Network team and re-affirms 
the quality of this infrastructure asset. 

Aurizon has decided to pay out 100% of 
Underlying Net Profit After Tax as dividends, 
consistent with our practice for the last four 
years. The Board has declared a final dividend  
of 12.4 cents per share, 70% franked. This  
will take total dividends in respect of FY2019  
to 23.8 cents per share, 70% franked.  
The Company will also be undertaking an 
on-market share buy-back of up to  
$300 million during FY2020.

Last year, I confirmed the Board would take 
a close and active interest in the long-term 
program of work to renew the Company’s 
focus on safety. We have been pleased to see 
the progress to date in simplifying the safety 
management systems and the changes in 
the Company’s safety culture, however, we 
are disappointed in the final employee and 
contractor safety statistics for the year.  
All injuries are preventable, and during the 
coming year we will continue our focus on 
safety and support the leadership team to 
improve performance.

As noted above, the Company made substantial 
progress during the year in achieving 
regulatory reform, with a simpler, longer-term 
and commercially focused framework for 
the regulation of the CQCN. In May 2019, we 
were pleased to announce an agreement with 
customers representing more than 90% of railed 
tonnes on the CQCN. This is an important step 
towards developing an Access Undertaking 
that better addresses customer needs, 
improves export supply chain performance and 
delivers long-term investment certainty for the 
Queensland coal sector. It also provides greater 
certainty for our shareholders. The revised 
Access Undertaking is now being assessed by 
the Queensland Competition Authority as part 
of the regulatory process.

As a Board, we are responsible for the overall 
stewardship, strategic direction, governance and 
performance of the Company. During the year, 
we endorsed two strategically important pieces 
of work that will support Aurizon’s ongoing 
value to shareholders. First, was the decision for 
the Company to remain vertically integrated. 
Following a review of the Company’s integrated 
structure that included stakeholder consultation 
and analysis, the review concluded that the 
benefits of remaining vertically integrated 
outweighed separation.

Second, we concluded a review to determine 
the optimal legal and capital structure of the 
Group. The Board endorsed the management 
team to commence implementation of a 
simplified legal structure that will provide 
the opportunity to optimise the Company’s 
balance sheet and provide additional funding 
capacity for the Group. We believe we will have 
$1.2 billion of additional debt capacity without 
impacting on the Company’s current BBB+/Baa1 
credit ratings. 

2

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
Managing Director & CEO’s Report

A message from the  
Managing Director & CEO

Dear fellow shareholders

In my report to you on our FY2019 
performance, I wanted to first address our 
safety performance. Safety is at the heart 
of everything we do and forms part of our 
everyday conversations, however there is 
always opportunity to do things better  
and differently. 

At Aurizon we are committed to driving a 
Safety and Performance culture where we 
live the Company values, and our people are 
engaged and enabled to do their best work.  
To help achieve this, we are investing in 
programs to help drive safety as well as 
leadership capability and better business 
processes and systems.

For example, this year we started implementing 
an extensive program of work to enhance 
our safety systems and procedures, and 
improve our safety leadership and culture. 
We call it Seamless Safety, a move away from 
bureaucratic safety culture and removing layers 
of process that can add little value to safety 
outcomes. As part of this, we are engaging our 
frontline teams to tap into their operational 
knowledge and experience to re-shape how 
they perform work safely. 

Despite this work, our safety performance 
results for the year were mixed. The metric 
for our Rail Process Safety, which measures 
operational safety including derailments, 
signals passed at danger and collisions, has 
improved. This is significant given these events, 
while low frequency, can potentially be high 
consequence (potential multiple fatalities) so 
our efforts to reduce risk are very important.

Unfortunately, the measure we use to record 
employee and contractor injuries for every 
million hours worked – our total recordable 
injury frequency rate – has deteriorated by 
10%. While there are many underlying factors 
to these statistics, any number of injuries in 
the workplace is unacceptable. I expect all 
our employees to go home after each shift in 
the same condition they came to work in and 
have reinforced to all employees that safety 
must be the absolute number one priority for 
our Company. 

Now turning to the operational performance 
of the Company. The Chairman, Tim Poole 
covers the financial results in his report. In our 
Coal business, we have secured key contract 
extensions over the year, which has the effect 
of extending the expiry profile of the portfolio, 
with 72% of our contracts having a duration  
of seven years or more. 

Across the Coal business, our volumes were up 
by 1% from last year with the business hauling 
a record of 214.3 million tonnes, which was 
just below the lower end of FY2019 guidance. 
New South Wales volumes increased following 
the start of MACH Energy railings in January, 
however volumes in Queensland were impacted 
by weather-related events, supply chain 
constraints and protected industrial action 
during Enterprise Agreement negotiations. 
We were pleased to conclude bargaining with 
a positive vote for the new agreement, which 
covers more than 1,200 Queensland Coal 
employees, in July 2019. 

We are committed to achieving fair and 
reasonable outcomes in enterprise bargaining 
and are pleased our employees have voted 
positively for five Enterprise Agreements since 
September 2018. This provides certainty for 
our employees, our business and importantly, 
for our customers. 

The Bulk business is in line with expectations 
on its turnaround plan by securing new haulage 
contracts during the year and improving 
operational efficiency. In Queensland, the 
Bulk business commenced a new three-year 
freighter service for Glencore and its largest 
east coast contract, providing linehaul services 
for Linfox between Brisbane and Cairns. 
On the back of record iron ore prices, in April 
we commenced a short-term spot contract 
for Mount Gibson Iron in Western Australia 
and have improved the utilisation of the 
Kalgoorlie Freighter. The Bulk team is focused 
on delivering on-time performance through 
disciplined train operations and by optimising 
employee rosters. While the business had 
higher operating costs for the year because 
of its growth in operations, these costs 
were offset by the efficiency benefits of the 
turnaround program. 

Our Network business delivered an all-time 
record with 232.7 million tonnes of coal being 
hauled over the Central Queensland Coal 
Network during the year, which includes a 
record month in June of 21 million tonnes.  
Our Network team remains focused on  
creating a rail network that is reliable and 
available for our customers to support 
Queensland’s strong coal industry.

Following ongoing constructive engagement 
with our Network customers, we submitted a 
revised Access Undertaking to the regulator, 
the Queensland Competition Authority 
(QCA). The commercial outcome with 
customers is an important step towards the 
fundamental regulatory reform required to 
support the long-term commercial success 
of the Queensland coal supply chain. Aurizon 
Network and customers are engaging with the 
QCA for it to fully consider, and if appropriate, 
approve the revised Access Undertaking in 
accordance with its standard procedures.

Across the Group, we remain committed to 
continuously improving the efficiency and 
safety of our operations to deliver benefits for 
our customers and shareholders. Technology 
plays a key role in this and we are investing 
in the type of initiatives that will improve 
locomotive reliability, program diagnosis, 
driving techniques and operational safety. 

Over the year, some of our communities where 
we operate were greatly impacted by weather 
events. Both the Hunter Valley and parts of 
Queensland continued to experience extreme 
drought conditions, and our communities 
in North and North West Queensland were 
severely impacted by monsoonal rains and 
subsequent flooding. To support the long-term 
recovery and rebuilding of these communities, 
we made additional funding available through 
our Community Giving Fund.

As a company with a predominantly regional 
footprint, we recognise that we have an 
important and ongoing role to play in 
supporting our communities – it is these 
communities where our trains travel, our  
rail network traverses, and importantly  
where our people and their families live  
and work each day.

It is our people that make our Company 
successful and I would like to thank them all 
for their contribution to our operations this 
year. We are really starting to unlock Aurizon’s 
value and potential as we focus on delivering 
on our strategy every day.

Andrew Harding

Managing Director & CEO 
12 August 2019

MANAGING DIRECTOR & CEO’S REPORT 

3

 
Directors’ Report

Aurizon Holdings Limited  
For the year ended 30 June 2019
The Directors of Aurizon Holdings Limited 
present their Directors’ Report together 
with the Financial Report of the Company 
and its controlled entities (collectively the 
Consolidated Entity or the Group) for the 
financial year ended 30 June 2019 and the 
Independent Auditor’s Report thereon. 
This Directors’ Report has been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of 
Division 1 of Part 2M.3 of the Corporations Act.

T Poole
Experience: Mr Poole began his career in 1990 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers before a long and 
successful period (1995 to 2007) helping to 
build Hastings Fund Management, where he 
became Managing Director in 2005. Hastings 
was a global investor in unlisted assets, 
predominantly equity and debt issued by 
infrastructure companies

Qualifications: BCom. 

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of 
Nomination & Succession Committee. 
Member of Audit, Governance & Risk 
Management Committee. Member of Safety, 
Health & Environment Committee.

Australian Listed Company Directorships held 
in the past three years: Chairman of Lifestyle 
Communities Limited (19 November 2007 – 
ongoing) and McMillan Shakespeare Limited 
(17 December 2013 – ongoing). Non-Executive 
Director of Reece Limited (28 July 2016 – 
ongoing).

Board of Directors
The following people are Directors of the 
Company, or were Directors during the 
reporting period:

T Poole
(Appointed 1 July 2015) 
(Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director)

A Harding
(Appointed 1 December 2016) 
(Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer)

M Bastos
(Appointed 15 November 2017) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

R Caplan
(Appointed 14 September 2010)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

J Cooper
(Appointed 19 April 2012 – 29 May 2019)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

K Field
(Appointed 19 April 2012 – 18 October 2018)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

M Fraser
(Appointed 15 February 2016)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

S Lewis
(Appointed 17 February 2015)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

K Vidgen
(Appointed 25 July 2016)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

Details of the experience, qualifications, special 
responsibilities and other Directorships of listed 
companies in respect to each of the Directors 
as at the date of this Directors’ Report are set 
out in the pages following.

4

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19R Caplan
Experience: Mr Caplan has extensive 
international experience in the oil and gas 
industry. In a 42-year career with Shell, he held 
senior roles in the upstream and downstream 
operations, and corporate functions in Australia 
and overseas. From 1997 to 2006, he had senior 
international postings in the UK, Europe and the 
USA. From 2006 to July 2010, he was Chairman 
of the Shell Group of Companies in Australia.

Mr Caplan is Chairman of the Melbourne 
and Olympic Parks Trust and Chairman and 
Non-Executive Director of Horizon Roads Pty 
Ltd. He is a former Non-Executive Director 
of Woodside Petroleum Limited and former 
Chairman of Orica Limited and the Australian 
Institute of Petroleum.

Qualifications: LLB, FAICD, FAIM.

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of 
Remuneration & Human Resources Committee. 
Member of Audit, Governance & Risk 
Management Committee.

Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: None other 
than Aurizon Holdings Limited.

A Harding
Experience: Mr Harding has extensive 
operational experience in the resource industry 
and in managing supply chains for the world’s 
largest integrated portfolio of iron ore assets.

Mr Harding’s 24-year executive career has 
been spent with Rio Tinto and in its subsidiary 
companies, with his most recent role before 
joining Aurizon being the global Chief 
Executive Iron Ore.

Mr Harding was also the Global Practice Leader, 
Asset Management, Technology and Innovation 
group of Rio Tinto from 2005 to 2009.

Mr Harding has championed a number of 
workplace initiatives including improvements 
in safety, a commitment to diversity, and 
the strengthening of indigenous and 
community relationships.

Mr Harding is a member of the 2012 class of 
Henry Crown Fellows at the Aspen Institute.

Qualifications: B.Eng. (Mining Engineering), 
MBA.

Special Responsibilities: Managing Director 
& CEO of Aurizon, Director of Aurizon 
subsidiary companies including Aurizon 
Network Pty Ltd. Member of Safety, Health 
& Environment Committee.

Australian Listed Company Directorships  
held in the past three years: None other 
than Aurizon Holdings Limited.

M Bastos
Experience: Mr Bastos has more than 30 years 
of experience globally in the mining industry. 
He has extensive experience in major project 
development, operations, logistics and senior 
leadership in most of the major sectors of the 
mining industry including iron ore, gold, copper, 
nickel, zinc and coal.

Previously Mr Bastos was the Chief Operating 
Officer of MMG Limited with responsibility for 
the business in four continents and a member 
of many of the company Boards. Before MMG 
he spent seven years with BHP Billiton where 
he served as President Nickel Americas, 
President Nickel West (based in Perth), and 
Chief Executive Officer and President of BHP 
Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (based in Brisbane).

Mr Bastos also had a 19-year career with Vale in 
a range of senior management and operational 
positions in Brazil, including General Manager of 
Carajas in the northern region and also Director 
of Non Ferrous – Copper business.

Mr Bastos is currently a Non-Executive Director 
of IIuka Resources Limited, Non-Executive 
Director of Anglo American PLC, and an 
External Director (Non-Executive Independent) 
of Golder Associates.

Qualifications: B.Eng. Mechanical (Hons), 
MBA (FDC-MG), MAICD.

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of 
Safety, Health & Environment Committee. 
Non-Executive Director of Aurizon 
Network Pty Ltd.

Australian Listed Company Directorships held 
in the past three years: lluka Resources Limited 
– Non-Executive Director (February 2014 – 
current); Oz Minerals Limited – Non-Executive 
Director (September 2018 – April 2019)

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

5

Directors’ Report (continued)

M Fraser
Experience: Mr Fraser has more than 35 years 
of experience in the Australian energy industry. 
He has held various executive positions 
at AGL Energy culminating in his role as 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
for a period of seven years until February 
2015. Mr Fraser is currently Chairman and 
Non-Executive Director of the ASX listed 
APA Group. 

Mr Fraser is former Chairman of the Clean 
Energy Council, Elgas Limited, ActewAGL and 
the NEMMCo Participants Advisory Committee, 
as well as a former Director of Queensland 
Gas Company Limited, the Australian 
Gas Association and the Energy Retailers 
Association of Australia.

Qualifications: BComm, FCPA, MAICD.

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of Aurizon 
Network Pty Ltd. Member of Remuneration & 
Human Resources Committee.

Australian Listed Company Directorships  
held in the past three years: APA Group – 
Chairman and Non-Executive Director  
(1 September 2015 – ongoing).

S Lewis
Experience: Ms Lewis has extensive financial 
experience, including as a lead auditor of a 
number of major Australian listed entities.

Ms Lewis has significant experience working 
with clients in the manufacturing, consumer 
business and energy sectors, and in addition 
to external audits, has provided accounting 
and transactional advisory services to other 
major organisations in Australia. Ms Lewis’ 
expertise includes accounting, finance, 
auditing, risk management, corporate 
governance, capital markets and due diligence. 
Ms Lewis is currently a Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman of the Audit & Compliance 
Committee of Orora Limited, Chairman of 
APRA’s Audit Committee and member of 
APRA’s Risk Committee, and a Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the Audit & Risk 
Committee of Nine Entertainment Co. Holdings 
Limited. Previously, Ms Lewis was an Assurance 
& Advisory partner from 2000 to 2014 with 
Deloitte Australia.

Qualifications: BA (Hons) EC, CA, ACA, GAICD.

Special Responsibilities: Chairman of Audit, 
Governance & Risk Management Committee. 
Member of Remuneration & Human Resources 
Committee. Member of Nomination & 
Succession Committee.

Australian Listed Company Directorships held 
in the past three years: Orora Limited –  
Non-Executive Director (1 March 2014 – 
ongoing), Nine Entertainment Co. Holdings 
Limited (20 March 2017 – ongoing).

K Vidgen
Experience: Ms Vidgen began her career 
as a banking, finance and energy lawyer at 
Malleson Stephen Jacques and in 1998 started 
in the Infrastructure advisory team within 
the Macquarie Group. During her time at 
Macquarie, Ms Vidgen has traversed a number 
of sectors with a focus on infrastructure, 
energy and resources. Ms Vidgen has also 
held a number of roles including heading 
up Macquarie Capital’s coal advisory team 
in Australia and being Global Co-Head of 
Resources Infrastructure. Ms Vidgen remains 
an Executive Director at Macquarie Capital 
and is currently the Global Head of Principal 
in Oil and Gas.

Qualifications: LLB (Hons), BA, GAICD.

Special Responsibilities: Non-Executive 
Director of Aurizon Network Pty Ltd. Member 
of Remuneration & Human Resources 
Committee. Member of Nomination & 
Succession Committee.

Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: None other than 
Aurizon Holdings Limited.

6

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Company Secretary
Mr Dominic Smith was appointed Company 
Secretary of the QR Limited Group in May 
2010 and to Aurizon Holdings Limited upon 
its incorporation on 14 September 2010.

Mr Smith has over 20 years’ ASX listed 
company secretariat, governance, corporate 
legal and senior management experience 
across a range of industries.

Mr Smith holds a Masters of Laws degree from 
the University of Sydney and is a Fellow of 
both the Governance Institute of Australia and 
the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Qualifications: BA, LLB, LLM, DipLegS, FGIA, 
FCSA, FCIS, FAICD.

Principal activities
The principal activities of entities within the 
Group during the year were:

Network

Provision of access to, and operation of, the 
Central Queensland Coal Network (CQCN). 
Provision of maintenance and renewal of 
Network assets.

Coal

Transport of coal from mines in Queensland 
and New South Wales to end customers 
and ports.

Bulk

Transport of bulk mineral commodities, 
agricultural products, mining and industrial 
inputs, and general freight throughout 
Queensland and Western Australia.

Review of operations
A review of the Group’s operations for 
the financial year and the results of those 
operations, are contained in the Operating and 
Financial Review as set out on pages 10 to 24 
of this report.

Dividends
A final dividend of 13.1 cents per fully paid 
ordinary share (60% franked) was paid on 
24 September 2018 and an interim dividend 
of 11.4 cents per fully paid ordinary share 
(70% franked) was paid on 25 March 2019.

Further details of dividends provided for or 
paid are set out in note 15 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Since the end of the financial year, the 
Directors have declared to pay a final dividend 
of 12.4 cents per fully paid ordinary share.

The dividend will be 70% franked and is 
payable on 23 September 2019.

State of affairs
In the opinion of the Directors, there were no 
significant changes in the state of affairs of the 
Company that occurred during the financial 
year under review.

Events since the end of the 
financial year
The Directors are not aware of any events or 
developments which are not set out in this 
report or note 35 of the Financial Report that 
have, or would have, a significant effect on the 
Group’s state of affairs, its operations or its 
expected results in future years.

Likely developments
Information about likely developments in the 
operations of the Group and the expected 
results of those operations are covered in 
the Chairman’s Report set out on page 2 of 
this report. 

In the opinion of the Directors, disclosure of 
any further information would be likely to result 
in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.

Environmental regulation  
and performance
Aurizon is committed to managing its 
operational activities and services in an 
environmentally responsible manner to meet 
legal, social and moral obligations. In order to 
deliver on this commitment, Aurizon seeks to 
comply with all applicable environmental laws 
and regulations.

Aurizon acknowledges the strong scientific 
consensus that climate change is occurring and 
supports the objectives of the Paris Agreement, 
to find a pathway to limiting global warming to 
below two degrees Celsius. Notably, since 2017, 
the Company has adopted the Financial Stability 
Board’s (FSB) Final Report: Recommendations 
of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD).

In 2016, as part of Aurizon’s climate change 
strategy, the Company established a greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions intensity target which 
expires in 2020. In FY2019 Aurizon made  
further progress towards its target however, 
levels were higher than initial target forecasts 
due to operational and service mix changes.
In addition, Aurizon analyses climate change 
policy implications for Australia’s seaborne  
coal markets and has established processes  
for preparing, adapting and responding to 
severe weather events. 

Aurizon continues to focus on efforts to improve 
an understanding of issues associated with 
climate change and clean air. In December 2018 
the Rail Industry and Standards Board (RISSB) 
Code of Practice (CoP) on the Management 
of Locomotive Diesel Emissions came into 
effect. Aurizon played a leading role in the 
development of the CoP which was devised 
as an industry led approach to improving 
locomotive diesel emissions. 

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting 
Act 2007 (NGER) (Cth) requires the Group to 
report its annual greenhouse gas emissions 
and energy use. The Group has implemented 
systems and processes for the collection and 
calculation of the data required and is registered 
under the NGER Act.

At the close of the second Emissions Reduction 
Fund Safeguard Mechanism (Safeguard) 
compliance period (ended on 30 June 2018), 
three of Aurizon’ s NGER facilities were 
captured. Through effective management 
of the Company’s emissions, it achieved full 
compliance with the Safeguard and as such, was 
not required to purchase or generate Australian 
Carbon Credit Units for the reporting period.

Further details of the Company’s environmental 
performance are set out in the Sustainability 
Report on the Aurizon website  
aurizon.com.au/sustainability.

Environmental prosecutions
There have been no environmental 
prosecutions during this financial year.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

7

Directors’ Report (continued)

Risk management
Aurizon recognises that risk is characterised by both threat and opportunity and manages risk to enhance opportunities and reduce threats to sustain 
shareholder value. Aurizon fosters a risk-aware culture through the application of high-quality, integrated risk assessments to support informed decision 
making. The Board is ultimately responsible for risk management, which considers a wide range of risks within strategic planning. Aurizon has a 
commitment to effective risk management as a key element of business success.

The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee monitors management’s performance against Aurizon’s risk management framework, including 
whether it is operating within the risk appetite set by the Board (see page 44 of this Annual Report). The Company’s Risk and Assurance Function is 
responsible for providing oversight of the risk management framework and assurance on the management of significant risks to the Managing Director 
& CEO and the Board.

Aurizon’s risk-aware culture has an emphasis on frontline accountability for effective risk management. The consideration of risk features heavily in our 
thinking, from the framing of strategy through to informing decision making. Aurizon’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework and Appetite is based 
on the international standard for risk management (AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009) and supports the identification, assessment and reporting of risk across 
the business, and includes both financial and non financial risks.

Processes exist for the prevention, detection and management of fraud within the Company, and for fair dealing in matters pertaining to fraud.

Further details of risks and risk management are set out on pages 22 to 23 of the Directors’ Report.

TABLE 1 – DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS AS AT 30 JUNE 2019

DIRECTOR

AURIZON HOLDINGS 
BOARD

AUDIT, GOVERNANCE 
& RISK MANAGEMENT 
COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION & 
HUMAN RESOURCES 
COMMITTEE 

SAFETY, HEALTH 
& ENVIRONMENT 
COMMITTEE

NOMINATION 
& SUCCESSION 
COMMITTEE

T Poole1

A Harding1

M Bastos

R Caplan

J Cooper2

K Field3

M Fraser

S Lewis

K Vidgen

A

20

20

20

20

18

6

20

20

20

B

20

20

20

20

16

6

20

20

20

A

8

–

–

8

–

2

–

8

–

B

8

–

–

8

–

2

–

8

–

A

–

–

–

5

4

–

5

5

5

B

–

–

–

5

4

–

5

5

5

A

5

5

5

–

4

1

–

–

–

B

5

5

5

–

4

1

–

–

–

A

3

–

–

–

3

–

–

3

3

B

3

–

–

–

3

–

–

3

3

A Number of meetings held while appointed as a Director or Member of a Committee.
B  Number of meetings attended by the Director while appointed as a Director or Member of a Committee.
1   In addition to the meetings above, a Committee of the Board comprising of T Poole and A Harding met respectively on two occasions.
2  J Cooper was an apology for two Aurizon Holdings Board meetings and retired on 29 May 2019.
3   K Field attended all meetings as a Non-Executive Director and retired on 18 October 2018.

Directors’ meetings
The number of Board meetings (including 
Board Committee meetings) and number of 
meetings attended by each of the Directors 
of the Company during the financial year are 
listed above.

During the year, the Aurizon Network Pty Ltd 
Board met on 10 occasions.

Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests are as at 30 June 2019.

TABLE 2 – DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS AS AT 30 JUNE 2019

DIRECTOR

T Poole

A Harding

M Bastos

R Caplan

M Fraser

S Lewis

K Vidgen 

NUMBER OF ORDINARY 
SHARES

90,500

82,076

11,400 

82,132 

70,000 

33,025 

 40,000

Only Mr Harding, Managing Director & CEO receives performance rights, details set out in the Remuneration Report

8

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Report is set out on pages  
25 to 38 and forms part of the Directors’ Report 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2019.

Rounding of amounts
The amounts contained in this report and in 
the financial statements have been rounded 
to the nearest hundred thousand dollars 
unless otherwise stated (where rounding is 
applicable) under the option available to the 
Company under ASIC Corporations (Rounding 
in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191. The Company is an entity to which 
the instrument applies.

Auditor’s Independence Declaration
A copy of the Auditor’s Independence 
Declaration, as required under section 307C of 
the Corporations Act, is set out on page 39. The 
Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a 
resolution of the Directors of the Company.

Tim Poole

Chairman 
12 August 2019

Non‑audit services
During the year the Company’s auditor 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), performed 
other services in addition to its audit 
responsibilities.

CEO and CFO declaration
The Managing Director & CEO and Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO) have provided a written 
statement to the Board in accordance with 
Section 295A of the Corporations Act.

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services by PwC during the reporting 
period did not compromise the auditor 
independence requirements set out in the 
Corporations Act.

All non-audit services were subject to the 
Company’s Non-Audit Services Policy and do 
not undermine the general principles relating 
to auditor independence set out in APES 110 
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants as 
they did not involve reviewing or auditing the 
auditor’s own work, acting in a management 
or decision-making capacity for the Company, 
or jointly sharing risks and rewards.

No officer of the Company was a former 
Partner or Director of PwC and a copy of the 
auditor’s independence declaration as required 
under the Corporations Act 2001 is set out in, 
and forms part of, this Directors’ Report.

Details of the amounts paid to the auditor 
of the Company and its related practices for 
non-audit services provided throughout the 
year are as set out below:

OTHER ASSURANCE SERVICES

Total remuneration for  
other assurance services

OTHER SERVICES

Total remuneration  
for other services

2019 
$’000

58

246

With regard to the financial records and systems 
of risk management and internal compliance 
in this written statement, the Board received 
assurance from the Managing Director & CEO 
and CFO that the declaration was founded on a 
sound system of risk management and internal 
control, and that the system was operating 
effectively in all material respects in relation to 
the reporting of financial risks.

Indemnification and insurance 
of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that the 
Company may indemnify any person who is, 
or has been, an officer of the Group, including 
the Directors and Company Secretary, against 
liabilities incurred whilst acting as such officers 
to the maximum extent permitted by law.

The Company has entered into a Deed of 
Access, Indemnity and Insurance with each of 
the Company’s Directors. No Director or officer 
of the Company has received benefits under an 
indemnity from the Company during or since 
the end of the year.

The Company has paid a premium for 
insurance for officers of the Group. This 
insurance is against a liability for costs and 
expenses incurred by officers in defending civil 
or criminal proceedings involving them as such 
officers, with some exceptions. The contract of 
insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of 
the liability insured against and the amount of 
the premium paid.

Proceedings against the Company
The Directors are not aware of any current 
civil litigation proceedings, arbitration 
proceedings, administration appeals, or 
criminal or governmental prosecutions of a 
material nature which are not set out in this 
report or note 24 of the Financial Report in 
which Aurizon Holdings is directly or indirectly 
concerned which are likely to have a material 
adverse effect on the business or financial 
position of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

9

 
Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS (Underlying continuing operations unless stated) 
The Group’s financial performance is explained using measures that are not defined under IFRS and are therefore termed non-IFRS measured.  
The non-IFRS financial information contained within this Directors’ Report and Notes to the Financial Statements has not been audited in accordance 
with Australian Auditing Standards. The non-IFRS measures used to monitor Group performance are EBIT (Statutory and Underlying), EBITDA 
(Statutory and Underlying), EBITDA margin (Statutory and Underlying), NPAT Underlying, Operating Ratio (Underlying), Return on Invested Capital 
(ROIC), Net debt and Net gearing ratios. Each of these measures is discussed in more detail on page 108. Unless otherwise noted, the Operating  
and Financial Review information excludes discontinued operations being Intermodal. 

1. Annual comparison 

FINANCIAL SUMMARY 

($M)

Total revenue
Operating costs

Employee benefits
Energy and fuel
Track access
Consumables
Other

EBITDA 

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT 

Net finance costs 

Income tax (expense)

NPAT 

Profit/(loss) after tax from discontinued operations

NPAT (group)
Earnings per share1

Earnings per share1 (group)

Return on invested capital (ROIC)2
Return on invested capital (ROIC)2 (Continuing & Discontinued)
Operating ratio 
Net cashflow from operating activities 
Final dividend per share (cps)
Gearing (net debt/net debt + equity) (%) (group)
Net tangible assets per share ($) (group)
People (FTE) 

OPERATING METRICS

Above Rail3 Revenue/NTK ($/’000 NTK)
Labour costs4/Revenue

NTK/FTE (MNTK)
Above Rail opex/NTK (excluding access) ($/’000 NTK)
Above Rail NTK (bn)
Above Rail Tonnes (m)

– statutory

– statutory

– statutory

– statutory
– statutory

– statutory

– statutory

– statutory

FY2019

2,907.6

(778.6)
(233.9)
(101.0)
(397.8)
(24.7)

1,371.6
1,371.6
(542.6)

829.0
829.0
(147.1)

(208.6)
(208.6)

473.3
473.3
3.2

476.5
23.8
23.8

24.0

23.9
9.7%
9.7%
71.5%
1,316.1
12.4
41.7%
2.26
4,728

FY2019
37.7
26.0%

12.5
20.3
59.0
258.9

FY2018

3,112.7

(774.6)
(252.4)
(191.4)
(348.4)
(79.8)

1,466.1
1,491.8
(525.5)

940.6
966.3
(165.0)

(233.5)
(241.2)

542.1
560.1
(77.1)

483.0
26.9
27.8

25.7

24.0
10.9%
10.4%
69.8%
1,307.7
13.1
42.3%
2.30
4,835

FY2018
38.1
24.4%

13.2
18.5
63.8
267.1

VARIANCE %

(7%)

(1%)
7%
47%
(14%)
69%

(6%)
(8%)
(3%)

(12%)
(14%)
11%

11%
14%

(13%)
(15%)
nm

(1%)
(12%)
(14%)

(7%)

–
(1.2ppt)
(0.7ppt)
(1.7ppt)
1%
(5%)
0.6ppt
(2%)
2%

VARIANCE %
(1%)
(1.6ppt)

(5%)
(10%)
(8%)
(3%)

1  Calculated on weighted average number of shares on issue – 1,990.1m FY2019 and 2,013.4m FY2018
2   ROIC is defined as underlying rolling twelve-month EBIT divided by the average invested capital. The average invested capital is calculated by taking the rolling  
twelve-month average of net property, plant and equipment including assets under construction plus investments accounted for using the equity method plus  
current assets less cash, less current liabilities plus net intangibles

3  Above rail includes both Coal above rail revenue and Bulk freight transport revenue
4  FY2019 excludes $21.4m redundancy costs (FY2018 excludes $16.5m redundancy costs)

10

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
EBIT BY SEGMENT

($M)
Coal
Bulk
Network
Other

Group (Continuing operations)

FY2019
415.1
37.3
400.3
(23.7)

829.0

FY2018
428.6
50.1
480.6
(18.7)

940.6

VARIANCE %
(3%)
(26%)
(17%)
(27%)

(12%)

Group Performance Overview
EBIT decreased $111.6m or 12% in line with expectations with reduced earnings in Network from the UT5 Final Decision, including the acceleration of 
the total FY2018 true up into FY2019. Bulk earnings decreased $12.8m or 26% due to the cessation of the Cliffs iron ore contract in June 2018. In Coal, 
earnings decreased $13.5m or 3% with increased maintenance expenditure and depreciation costs offset in part by higher volumes. Other EBIT was 
impacted by the inclusion of Group wide redundancy costs of $21.4m which were included in the respective business units in the prior year, largely 
offset by the reversal of a provision of $20.3m relating to an agreed settlement with a customer. 

Revenue decreased $205.1m or 7% reflecting the impact of the UT5 Final Decision and the FY2018 true up in Network and the lower revenue in Bulk 
with the cessation of the Cliffs contract.

Operating costs decreased $110.6m or 7% with lower access costs in Coal and Bulk, lower energy costs in Network and the reversal of a provision 
relating to an agreed settlement with a customer, partly offset by higher consumables in Coal. Depreciation increased $17.1m with increases in Coal 
from newly commissioned rollingstock and overhaul activity and increased levels of asset renewals and ballast undercutting in Network.

ROIC decreased 1.2ppt to 9.7% due to reduced earnings.

Reconciliation to Statutory Earnings
Underlying earnings is a non-statutory measure, and is the primary reporting measure used by management and the Group’s chief operating decision 
making bodies for the purpose of managing and assessing the financial performance of the business. Underlying earnings is derived by adjusting 
statutory earnings for significant items as noted in the following table:

($M)

Underlying EBIT (Continuing operations)

Significant items (Continuing operations)

Bulk contract exit – termination payment

Bulk contract exit – costs

Asset impairments – Bulk

Redundancy benefit

Statutory EBIT (Continuing operations)

Net finance costs

Statutory PBT (Continuing operations)

Income tax expense

Statutory NPAT (Continuing operations)

Underlying EBIT (Discontinued operation)

Significant items (Discontinued operation)

Intermodal 

Net finance income (Discontinued operation)

Income tax benefit (Discontinued operation)

Statutory NPAT

FY2019

829.0

–

–

–

–

–

829.0

(147.1)

681.9

(208.6)

473.3

6.7

(11.4)

(11.4)

0.1

7.8

476.5

FY2018

940.6

25.7

66.3

(31.8)

(31.7)

22.9

966.3

(165.0)

801.3

(241.2)

560.1

(24.0)

(74.7)

(74.7)

–

21.6

483.0

There were no significant items in the continuing operations during FY2019. Significant items for the discontinued operation totalled ($11.4m) and 
relate to:

 › ($25.1m) asset impairments due to the Queensland Intermodal sale, partly offset by:
 › $13.2m for Interstate Intermodal closure impacts, including a gain on the sale of assets and the release of contract exit cost provisions recognised  

in the prior year

 › $0.5m write back of redundancy costs

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

11

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

2. Other financial information

BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY 

($M)

Assets classified as held for sale

Other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

Other non-current assets

Total non‑current assets 

Total Assets

Liabilities classified as held for sale

Other current liabilities

Total borrowings

Other non-current liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

Gearing (net debt/net debt + equity) (%)

30 JUNE 2019

30 JUNE 2018

108.4

631.2

739.6

8,536.3

425.2

8,961.5

9,701.1

(3.8)

(795.7)

(3,369.8)

(854.4)

(5,023.7)

4,677.4

41.7%

108.0

698.2

806.2

8,659.9

315.7

8,975.6

9,781.8

(12.7)

(735.6)

(3,501.9)

(801.5)

(5,051.7)

4,730.1

42.3%

Balance sheet movements 
Total current assets decreased by $66.6m largely due to:

 ›  Reduction in cash held of $9.6m
 ›  Reduction in trade and other receivables of $57.5m largely due to the Cliffs termination payment of $66.3m (excluding GST) included at 30 June 

2018, partly offset by the reversal of a provision for impairment of receivable of $20.3m for a customer 

Total non-current assets decreased by $14.1m due to reduction in PP&E and intangibles of $119.3m, partly offset by a $85.9m increase in derivative 
financial instruments (favourable valuation) and $8.6m increase in other assets. 

Total current liabilities, excluding borrowings, increased by $60.1m due to a $130.9m increase in trade and other payables, partly offset by a $50.5m 
reduction in provisions and other liabilities as a result of settlement of Interstate Intermodal closure provisions, a refund of $10.0m deposit received in 
relation to sale of Queensland Intermodal to a consortium of PN and Linfox and a $20.3m reduction in current tax liabilities. The increase in trade and 
other payables includes Network’s prior year UT5 true ups.

Total borrowings decreased by $132.1m due to $253.4m net repayment of bank debt facilities partly offset by a revaluation of medium-term notes 
(unfavourable valuation).

Other non-current liabilities increased by $52.9m due to a $57.9m increase in deferred tax liabilities and a $27.8m increase in derivative financial 
instruments (unfavourable valuation), partly offset by a $32.8m reduction in provisions and other liabilities.

Gearing (net debt/net debt + equity) was 41.7% as at 30 June 2019. 

12

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19CASH FLOW SUMMARY

($M)

Statutory EBITDA (Continuing operations)

Working capital and other movements

Non-cash adjustments – asset impairment

Cash flows from Continuing operations

Interest received

Income taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities from Continuing operations

Net operating cashflows from Discontinued operations

Net operating cash flows

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from associate and sale of property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

Payments for PP&E and intangibles

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities from Continuing operations

Net investing cashflows from Discontinued operations

Net investing cashflows

Cash flows from financing activities

Net (repayment)/proceeds from borrowings

Payment for share buy-back and share based payments

Interest paid

Proceeds from settlement of derivatives

Dividends paid to Company shareholders

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities from Continuing operations

Net financing cashflows from Discontinued operations

Net financing cashflows

Net increase/(decrease) in cash from Continuing operations

Net (decrease)/increase in cash from Discontinued operations

Free Cash Flow (FCF)5 from Continuing operations

Free Cash Flow (FCF)5 from Discontinued operations

FY2019

1,371.6

62.0

24.9

1,458.5

2.9

(145.3)

1,316.1

(25.4)

1,290.7

13.7

(444.5)

(430.8)

11.1

(419.7)

(253.4)

(0.6)

(150.5)

11.5

(487.6)

(880.6)

–

(880.6)

4.7

(14.3)

734.8

(14.3)

FY2018

1,491.8

(146.9)

70.0

1,414.9

2.9

(110.1)

1,307.7

(25.1)

1,282.6

19.0

(501.5)

(482.5)

54.6

(427.9)

12.2

(302.9)

(155.8)

–

(462.1)

(908.6)

–

(908.6)

(83.4)

29.5

669.4

29.5

Cash flow movements 
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations increased by $8.4m (1%) to $1,316.1m due to an improvement in working capital 
with the receipt of the Cliffs termination payment ($66.3m excluding GST) in the period and the increase in accruals relating to the Network prior 
year UT5 true up, partially offset by lower provisions with the finalisation of Interstate Intermodal and the reversal of the provision for impairment of 
receivable from a customer.

Net cash outflow from investing activities from continuing operations decreased by $51.7m (11%) to $430.8m due to a reduction in capital expenditure. 

Net cash outflow from financing activities from continuing operations decreased by $28.0m (3%) due to a share buy-back of $300.0m in FY2018, 
partly offset by net repayment of borrowings and increased dividends in FY2019. 

5  FCF – Defined as net cash flow from operating activities less net cash outflow from investing activities less interest paid

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

13

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Funding 
The Group continues to be committed 
to diversifying its debt investor base and 
increasing average debt tenor. During FY2019, 
Aurizon Finance cancelled existing bank debt 
syndicated facilities expiring in July 2019 and 
July 2020 and replaced them with bilateral 
bank debt facilities totalling $450.0m with 
maturity extended to November 2023.

In respect of FY2019:
 › Weighted average debt maturity tenor 

was 4.3 years. This was lower than FY2018 
(4.7 years) due to the debt portfolio’s 
duration reducing by 12 months, partly offset 
by the extension of the bank debt facilities 
noted above 

 › Group interest cost on drawn debt was  

4.5% (FY2018 4.5%) 

 › Available liquidity (undrawn facilities plus 

cash) at 30 June 2019 was $989.3m 

 › Group gearing (net debt/(net debt + equity)) 
as at 30 June 2019 was 41.7% (FY2018 42.3%)
 › Network gearing (net debt/RAB (excl AFDs)) 

as at 30 June 2019 was 58.7% (FY2018 
62.4%) 

 › Credit rating remains unchanged for Network 

and Aurizon Holdings at BBB+/Baa1

Dividend
The Board has declared a final dividend for 
FY2019 of 12.4cps (70% franked) based on a 
payout ratio of 100% in respect of underlying 
NPAT for continuing operations. 

The relevant final dividend dates are: 
 › 26 August 2019 – ex-dividend date
 › 27 August 2019 – record date
 › 23 September 2019 – payment date 

Tax 
Underlying and statutory income tax expense 
for continuing operations for FY2019 was 
$208.6m. Statutory income tax expense for  
the Group for FY2019 was $200.8m. The  
Group underlying and statutory effective tax 
rate for FY2019 was 30.6% which is greater 
than 30% due to the derecognition of the 
deferred tax asset in respect of net capital 
losses. The Group underlying cash tax rate  
for FY2019 was 19.3%, which is less than  
30% primarily due to accelerated fixed asset 
related adjustments. 

The underlying effective tax rate6 for FY2020 is 
expected to be in the range of 29-31% and the 
underlying cash tax rate7 is expected to be less 
than 25% for the short to medium term.

Aurizon publishes additional tax information 
in accordance with the voluntary Tax 
Transparency Code in its sustainability 
report. Please refer to www.aurizon.com.
au/sustainability/overview for a copy of 
Aurizon’s sustainability report (including 
tax transparency disclosures).

Discontinued Operation 
On 14 August 2017 Aurizon announced the 
intention to exit the Intermodal business 
through a combination of closure and sale. 
The Intermodal business includes the Acacia 
Ridge Intermodal Terminal, Queensland 
Intermodal and Interstate Intermodal. 
The Intermodal business is disclosed as a 
discontinued operation.

Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal
Aurizon signed a binding agreement with PN on 
29 July 2017 to sell its Acacia Ridge Intermodal 
Terminal for $205.0m, of which $35.0m was 
received in advance (non-refundable). This 
transaction is subject to approval by the ACCC 
and Foreign Investment Review Board. 

The ACCC opposed the sale on 19 July 2018 
and commenced proceedings against Aurizon 
and PN in the Federal Court. On 15 May 2019, 
the Federal Court rejected the allegations by 
the ACCC that the proposed sale contravened 
section 45 and section 50 of the Competition 
and Consumer Act (2010). On 27 June 2019 
the ACCC sought to appeal the Federal Court’s 
decision in relation to the contravention of 
section 50 of the Act (but not the Federal 
Court’s decision in relation to section 45). 
On 18 July 2019, Aurizon and PN filed notices 
of cross-appeal. The appeal and cross-appeal 
will be heard by the Full Federal Court in 
due course. 

Aurizon remains committed to exiting the 
Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal and on this 
basis has continued to classify the Acacia Ridge 
Intermodal Terminal as held for sale and a 
discontinued operation as at 30 June 2019.

Queensland Intermodal
The Queensland Intermodal business was sold 
to Linfox on 31 January 2019.

Interstate Intermodal 
The Interstate Intermodal business ceased 
operations on 23 December 2017.

BUSINESS UNIT REVIEW

COAL 

Aurizon’s Coal business provides a critical 
supply chain link for the majority of Australia’s 
coal producers. The coal transport operation 
connects mines in the Newlands, Goonyella, 
Blackwater, Moura and West Moreton systems 
in Queensland and the Hunter Valley, including 
the Ulan and Gunnedah coal systems, in New 
South Wales with domestic customers and  
coal export terminals.

6  Underlying effective tax rate = income tax expense excluding the impact of significant items/underlying consolidated profit before tax
7  Underlying cash tax rate = cash tax payable excluding the impact of significant items/underlying consolidated profit before tax

14

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19($M)

Revenue

Above Rail

Track Access

Other

Total revenue

Operating costs 

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT

METRICS 

Total tonnes hauled (m)

CQCN

NSW & SEQ

Contract utilisation

Total NTK (bn)

CQCN

NSW & SEQ

Average haul length (km)

Total revenue/NTK ($/’000 NTK)

Above Rail Revenue/NTK ($/’000 NTK)

Operating Ratio (%)

Opex/NTK ($/’000 NTK)

Opex/NTK (excluding access costs) ($/’000 NTK)

Locomotive productivity (‘000 NTK/Active locomotive day)

Active locomotives (as at 30 June)

Wagon productivity (‘000 NTK/Active wagon day)

Active wagons (as at 30 June)

Payload (tonnes)

Velocity (km/hr)

Fuel Consumption (l/d GTK)

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

1,236.2

487.7

0.9

1,724.8

(1,115.0)

609.8

(194.7)

415.1

1,207.8

598.1

7.3

1,813.2

(1,202.0)

611.2

(182.6)

428.6

2%

(18%)

(88%)

(5%)

7%

–

(7%)

(3%)

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

214.3

152.3

62.0

90%

50.5

38.3

12.2

236

34.2

24.5

75.9%

25.9

16.6

419.9

336

16.1

8,724

7,496

22.8

2.93

212.4

152.5

59.9

93%

50.4

38.3

12.1

237

36.0

24.0

76.4%

27.5

15.4

462.8

308

16.4

8,568

7,447

23.2

2.91

1%

–

4%

(3.0ppt)

–

–

1%

–

(5%)

2%

0.5ppt

6%

(8%)

(9%)

9%

(2%)

2%

1%

(2%)

(1%)

Coal Performance Overview
Coal EBIT decreased $13.5m (3%) to $415.1m resulting from an increase in operating costs due to an uplift in maintenance expenditure and costs for 
installing capacity for future volume growth, partly offset by higher net revenue including the 1% volume increase and contract escalation. 

Volumes increased by 1.9mt (1%) to 214.3mt. Across the CQCN, volumes decreased by 0.2mt (0%) to 152.3mt despite strong demand and ramp up of 
railings for QCoal’s Byerwen mine. The stronger demand was offset by increased supply chain constraints and one-off impacts compared to FY2018, 
including the impact of protected industrial action, weather and third-party derailments.

In NSW and South-East Queensland (SEQ), volumes increased by 2.1mt (4%) to 62.0mt with higher volumes from AGL Macquarie and BHP and 
the commencement of railings for MACH Energy. This was partly offset by other customer specific production issues, the impact of a third-party 
derailment at Newdell in September plus protected industrial action. 

Coal revenue reduced $88.4m (5%) to $1,724.8m driven by a reduction in pass-through access and other revenue.

 › Above rail revenue increased $28.4m (2%) compared to FY2018 due to the 1.9mt (1%) increase in volumes, higher fuel charges and contract price 

escalation. Above rail revenue per NTK increased 2% on lower contract utilisation

 › Coal track access revenue reduced $110.4m (18%). This was largely driven by a tariff rate reduction to align to the QCA approved reference tariffs 
and customers on the West Moreton and Moura corridors converting to End User Access Agreements (where access charges are paid direct to 
Queensland Rail or Network). Decreased track access costs are noted below. This reduction was partly offset by the recovery of FY2018 Access  
Take-or-Pay from customers

 › Other revenue reduced by $6.4m which predominately relates to internal services completed for Network which are now completed by Bulk

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

15

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Coal Performance Overview (continued)
Total operating costs (including depreciation) reduced $74.9m (5%) to $1,309.7m. Lower track access costs were partly offset by an increase in other 
operating costs with the major drivers noted below:

 › Track access costs reduced by $137.2m (23%), largely due to the impacts discussed above, including West Moreton and Moura corridor customers 

moving to End User Access Agreements, the network tariff rate reduction and a reduction in Take-or-Pay from FY2018 to FY2019

 › Increased operating costs of $50.2m including increased maintenance ($22.6m), fuel price increases ($14.2m), wages and consumables escalation 

($7.1m) and higher labour costs to meet additional volumes ($5.6m)

 › Depreciation increased $12.1m relating to the additional capacity installed to meet growth volumes in NSW (including transfer of locomotives 

from the Interstate Intermodal business), overhauls completed on existing rollingstock as well as some additional depreciation resulting from the 
implementation of technology projects to replace legacy systems and  
improve delivery performance

An explanation of the key operating metrics is shown below:
 › During the period, several operating metrics displayed a deterioration compared to the prior year due to the impact of the installation of additional 

consists to meet current and future demand and one-off supply chain impacts including: protected industrial action, derailments and weather 
impacts. This includes:
•  Average velocity – reducing from 23.2km/hr to 22.8km/hr
•  Average NTK per locomotive and wagon – falling 9% and 2% respectively

 › Average payloads increased from 7,447t to 7,496t with a change in service mix and improved fleet configurations in NSW, SEQ and Moura 

Market update 
Australia exported 183mt of metallurgical coal in FY2019, +2% against the prior year. India remains Australia's largest metallurgical coal export market with 
record export volume of 47mt (26% share), followed by China at 41mt (22% share) and Japan at 35mt (19% share). In the six months to June, crude steel 
production in China increased by +10% and in India, an increase of +5% against the same period of the prior year. The average hard coking coal prices 
in FY2019 was US$206/t (+1% compared to the prior year). In the 12 months to June, metallurgical coal exports from the United States (second largest 
metallurgical coal export nation behind Australia) decreased -1% against the same period of the prior year.

Australia exported 210mt of thermal coal in FY2019, +4% against the prior year. Japan remained as Australia’s largest thermal coal export market with 
export volume of 79mt (38% share), followed by China at 47mt (22% share) and South Korea at 3mt (15% share). During the June quarter, declining gas 
prices in Europe led a switch from coal to gas for power generation, resulting in Atlantic coal producers redirecting exports into the Asian market. The 
average Newcastle benchmark thermal coal price in FY2019 was US$100/t (+1% compared to the prior year). In the 12 months to May 2019, total coal 
exports (almost entirely thermal coal) from Indonesia (largest thermal coal export nation) increased by +11% against the same period of the prior year.

Contract update
 › Jellinbah – contract extension for Jellinbah East and Lake Vermont mines
 › Glencore – a number of contract extensions and additional volumes, most notably in the Newlands corridor
 › Baralaba Coal Company commenced railings in 1HFY2019 from the Baralaba North Mine to RG Tanna Coal Terminal
 › MACH Energy commenced railings in January 2019 from the Mt Pleasant mine 

BULK

Aurizon’s Bulk business supports a range of customers nationally for bulk materials and commodities, agricultural products and mining and  
industrial inputs. 

($M)

Revenue

Freight Transport

Other

Total revenue

Operating costs 

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT

16

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

474.6

27.1

501.7

(447.2)

54.5

(17.2)

37.3

592.1

26.0

618.1

(542.9)

75.2

(25.1)

50.1

(20%)

4%

(19%)

18%

(28%)

31%

(26%)

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19METRICS

Total tonnes hauled (m)

Total NTK (bn)

Average haul length (km)

Total revenue/NTK ($/’000 NTK)

Operating Ratio (%)

Opex/NTK ($/’000 NTK)

Opex/NTK (excluding access) ($/’000 NTK)

Order Fulfilment (%)

Fuel Consumption (l/d GTK)

Bulk Performance Overview

EBIT decreased $12.8m (26%) to $37.3m due 
to the impact of the Cliffs iron ore contract 
ceasing in June 2018, partly offset by cost 
reductions and new volume growth. The result 
demonstrates the good progress made on the 
Bulk turnaround program.

Total revenue decreased $116.4m (19%) to 
$501.7m with an 18% reduction in volumes 
(37% in NTK terms) due to:

 › The cessation of Cliffs in FY2018 totalling 

$146.3m, partly offset by 

 › Other total revenue increasing by $29.9m 

due to volume growth, higher revenue yield 
and fuel price increase (resulting in higher 
revenue due to cost pass through)

In Bulk East, volumes increased with MMG 
now fully operational, the commencement of a 
freighter service for Glencore and the transfer 
of internal services for Network from Coal. 
This was partly offset by lower QLD/NSW grain 
volumes due to dry conditions, the loss of the 
Wilmar Sugar contract in FY2018, protected 
industrial action and flooding impacts in 
Queensland in 2HFY2019. 

In Western Australia (WA), volumes increased 
on the Kalgoorlie freighter service (daily 
service between Kwinana and Kalgoorlie) and 
higher export bauxite volumes. WA revenue 
yield also benefited from reduced rate relief 
due to higher commodity prices. 

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

44.6

8.5

191

59.0

92.6%

54.6

42.4

96.0%

3.29

54.7

13.4

245

46.1

91.9%

42.4

30.3

98.0%

3.01

(18%)

(37%)

(22%)

28%

(0.7ppt)

(29%)

(40%)

(2.0ppt)

(9%)

Bulk revenue per NTK increased 28% 
predominately due to the impact of the Cliffs 
contract ceasing in June 2018 (this was a 
longer haul than average and therefore had a 
disproportionate impact on NTKs), higher fuel 
prices and the commencement of the Linfox 
hook and pull agreement in February 2019.  
As this contract is a hook and pull operation, 
the contract is based on the number of services 
and has no associated volumes and NTKs.

Total costs (including depreciation) decreased 
$103.6m (18%) largely due to the impact of the 
Cliffs contract ceasing and ongoing benefits 
from the Bulk turnaround program. Excluding 
the impact of Cliffs, total costs increased by 
$5.2m due to higher terminal and delivery costs 
to support volume growth, including the new 
Glencore and Linfox contracts, and an increase 
in the average fuel price compared to the  
prior year. 

Operating metric performance was principally 
driven by the cessation of Cliffs as it 
contributed a significant level of Bulk’s EBIT, 
tonnes and NTKs. 

Market update
Aurizon’s Bulk business includes haulage of a 
range of bulk commodities such as iron ore, 
base metals, minerals, grain and livestock 
across Western Australia, Queensland and 
New South Wales. In addition to commodities 
required in the construction industry, exposure 
to growth markets of fertilisers and batteries 
will unlock future opportunities. In terms of 
batteries, the global uptake of electric vehicles 
is expected to drive demand for commodities 
such as nickel, copper and lithium. This 
is supported by increased exploration 
expenditure in Australia, with copper 
exploration increasing by 42% (compared 
to the prior year) in the March 2019 quarter 
to $65m and nickel and cobalt exploration 
expenditure rising 6% to $49m, across the 
same period.

Contract update 
 › Executed a variation to the mixed freighter 
and concentrate contract with Glencore 
expiring August 2021

 › Executed a 10-year agreement (5+5) 

with Linfox for hook and pull services in 
Queensland commencing February 2019
 › Cessation of Mt Gibson Mining contract in 
January 2019, in line with end of mine life. 
Short term spot agreement commenced in 
May 2019 to haul low grade ore

 › Aurizon was unsuccessful in recontracting 

the existing Queensland Graincorp contract 
from December 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

17

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

NETWORK 

Network refers to the business of Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (Network) which operates the 2,670km CQCN. The open access network is the largest 
coal rail network in Australia and one of the country’s most complex, connecting multiple customers from more than 40 mines to five export terminals 
located at three ports. The CQCN includes four major coal systems (Moura, Blackwater, Goonyella and Newlands) and a connecting link (Goonyella 
to Abbot Point Expansion (GAPE)).

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

1,070.3

47.4

1,117.7

(396.5)

721.2

(320.9)

400.3

FY2019

232.7

57.9

64.2%

2.3

12.4

23.1

83.8%

248.8

1,167.1

51.6

1,218.7

(430.1)

788.6

(308.0)

480.6

(8%)

(8%)

(8%)

8%

(9%)

(4%)

(17%)

FY2018

VARIANCE %

229.6

56.9

60.6%

2.2

13.0

23.5

82.0%

247.7

1%

2%

(3.6ppt)

(5%)

5%

(2%)

1.8ppt

–

Access revenue billed was $11.8m above the 
FY2019 DAAU allowable revenue primarily 
due to the higher volumes in Blackwater and 
billing of Take or Pay in Moura resulting in an 
over-recovery (FY2018 was an over-recovery of 
$7.7m). This will be repaid to customers through 
revenue cap in FY2021. In addition, track access 
revenue was impacted by lower GAPE revenue 
of $7.7m and lower Electricity Charge (EC) 
revenue of $19.8m. The reduction in EC revenue 
was caused by lower wholesale energy prices 
and there is also a corresponding decrease in 
EC operating expense. 

Services and other revenue decreased $4.2m 
(8%) mainly due to the recognition of the 
Caledon WIRP Deed bank guarantee in the 
prior year, partially offset by $2.4m insurance 
recovery revenue and $0.9m additional external 
construction works revenue in FY2019.

Operating costs decreased by $33.6m (8%). 
This was primarily due to a $34.1m (24%) 
reduction in energy and fuel costs from lower 
wholesale electricity prices and discounts 
negotiated on transmission costs (offset 
in Access revenue and EC revenue above). 
Employee benefits expense increased by  
$3.1m (2%) largely due to annual salary 
escalation. Consumables and other expenses 
decreased $2.6m (2%) while depreciation 
increased $12.9m (4%) due to increased levels 
of asset renewals and ballast undercutting and 
higher corporate depreciation allocations.

The Regulated Asset Base (RAB) roll-forward 
value based on the UT5 Final Decision is 
estimated to be $5.7bn (including all deferred 
capital but excluding AFDs of $0.4bn)  
at 1 July 2019.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

($M)

Revenue

Track Access

Services and other

Total revenue

Operating costs 

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT

METRICS

Tonnes (m)

NTK (bn)

Operating Ratio (%)

Maintenance/NTK ($/’000 NTK) 

Opex/NTK ($/’000 NTK)

Cycle Velocity (km/hr)

System Availability (%)

Average haul length (km)

Network Performance Overview
EBIT declined $80.3m (17%) to $400.3m in 
FY2019, with cost reductions of $20.7m offset 
by decreased revenue of $101.0m, mainly due 
to the QCA’s Final Decision on Network’s UT5 
proposal which was issued on 6 December 2018 
(UT5 Final Decision).

Regulatory access revenue in FY2019 was 
based on the Reference Tariffs DAAU (FY2019 
DAAU) approved by the QCA on 24 June 2019. 
Track access revenue decreased by $96.8m 
(8%), impacted by the UT5 Final Decision 
allowable revenue for FY2019 being lower than 
the FY2018 transitional tariff allowable revenue 
(ex GAPE) of $58.8m. There was a further 
impact of $60.1m (ex GAPE) for the FY2018 
true up to the UT5 Final Decision. FY2018 
access revenue also included $18.4m of flood 
cost recoveries within the allowable revenue. 
This was partly offset by a positive revenue 
adjustment of $66.0m, comprising a recovery 
of $44.6m (for FY2017 revenue cap payments 
in FY2019) compared to a return to customers 
in FY2018 of $21.4m.

18

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 › Submissions on the UT5 DAAU closed on  
3 July 2019. Network will continue to work 
with the QCA to progress the approval of  
the UT5 DAAU

 › On 18 July 2019, the QCA approved 

Network's Electric Traction DAAU which 
seeks to lessen potential stranding risk of  
the electrical infrastructure by putting 
in place utilisation thresholds for the 
Blackwater and Goonyella systems

Regulation Update
 › The QCA approved the UT5 Final Decision on 
21 February 2019, replacing the 2016 Access 
Undertaking (UT4)

 › The UT5 Final Decision provides a Maximum 

Allowable Revenue (MAR) of $4,123m 
over the four-year regulatory period 
(FY2018-2021) with a Vanilla Nominal Post 
Tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital 
(WACC) of 5.7% retaining the WACC 
parameters from the Final Decision in 
December 2018

 › UT4 transitional tariffs were in place from  

1 July 2017 until 20 February 2019

 › On 24 June 2019, the QCA approved the 

FY2019 DAAU, which:
•  Addressed the revenue differences 

between UT4 Transitional Tariffs and 
approved UT5 final approved Tariffs for 
FY2018 of $81.3m ($60.1m ex GAPE)
•  Reset the CQCN coal volume forecasts 
for FY2019 from 245.2 million tonnes to 
233.8 million tonnes

•  Updated the EC and QCA Levy to 
be reflective of the approved rates 
by the QCA in its October 2018 UT4 
Extension DAAU

•  Reconciled other omissions from  

within the QCA UT5 Final Decision  
(e.g. connection charges, Cyclone 
Debbie review events and modelling 
inconsistencies)

 › On 3 May 2019, Network submitted its  

UT5 Draft Amending Access Undertaking 
(UT5 DAAU), following a period of 
negotiation with its customers. The UT5 
DAAU is a package agreement which was 
submitted with support from more than 90% 
of Network’s customers by contract tonnage. 
Key points of the UT5 DAAU include:
•  Extending the term of UT5 to 10 years 

(1 July 2017 to 30 June 2027)
•  A WACC of 5.9% from 3 May 2019, 

increasing to 6.3% (subject to a reset 
of market parameters on 1 July 2023) 
on completion of specific milestones

•  Greater involvement of customers 
through processes to annually 
pre-agree future maintenance and 
capital expenditure

•  The appointment of an independent 

expert to complete initial and ongoing 
capacity assessments and undertake 
reporting requirements

•  Operating cost efficiencies to be retained 
by Network for the term of the UT5 DAAU

•  Funding commitments from Network 
on growth-based capital expenditure, 
including a potential $300.0m in capital 
to rectify any capacity deficit identified in 
the independent expert’s initial capacity 
assessment report and an annual $30.0m 
for expansions that benefit more than one 
mining customer. These amounts will be 
included in the RAB for pricing purposes

•  A rebate mechanism payable to 

customers where Network performs 
below target levels which are to be 
determined following the independent 
expert’s initial capacity assessment

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

19

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Operational Update
Performance

During FY2019 Network operational performance remained strong. 
Highlights include:

 › The supply chain delivered a record year with volumes in the CQCN  

of 232.7mt. In the last six months record monthly volumes were 
achieved in all four systems while in June overall tonnes were 21.5mt, 
the first-time monthly volumes have exceeded 21mt

 › Total System Availability improved from 82.0% to 83.8% with 

fewer paths impacted by network, port and mine train load-out 
maintenance. Network has focused on the execution of some key 
initiatives throughout the year, including the introduction of Precision 
Maintenance Blocks, A-type possessions and a schedule adherence  
trial in the Moura system, as described below:
•  A ‘Precision Maintenance Block’ is a set of repeating maintenance 
possessions that are dedicated to maintenance in a ‘normal’ week, 
with the aim of improving the productivity of the maintenance 
teams and the overall flow of trains to improve the utilisation of 
the network. A-type possessions relate to single line closures of a 
single section in duplicated track territory; changes to how Network 
schedule around these closures has also allowed for increased 
utilisation of the network. These two initiatives have enabled the 
scheduling of an additional six services per week in the Blackwater 
system since November 2018 and one additional service in the 
Goonyella system since January 2019

•  During June, Network commenced a schedule adherence trial in 
the Moura system. The objective of the trial was to test how the 
system performed when the schedules were strictly adhered to and 
if this would result in improved On Time Performance, Performance 
to Plan (reduced cancellations) and the overall reduction in Turn 
Around Time (TAT). Over the five-week trial period:

 – On Time Arrival at mine improved from 23%  

(12-week baseline pre-trial) to 67%

 – Performance to Plan increased from 77% to 82%

 – TAT reduced by an average of 2.35 hours per service

 – Overall delays were an average of 45 minutes less per service

 – These results are encouraging and the trial has been continued. 
Network will focus on implementing the lessons learned from 
this trial in the other systems throughout FY2020
 › Cancellations due to Network rail infrastructure decreased from 2.2% 

to 1.8%

 › Cycle velocity reduced marginally from 23.5km/h to 23.1km/h

Operational efficiency improvements delivered:
 › A variety of initiatives in relation to electric traction were delivered, 

which will continue to deliver cost benefits to the supply chain through 
FY2020 and beyond, including constructive engagement with suppliers 
to seek to improve the long-term efficiency of the electrified system

 › The RM902, Network’s new ballast cleaning machine, is presently 
in its commissioning phase and scheduled to be fully operational 
in 2HFY2020. This machine should increase production from the 
existing undercutter with savings in ballast costs due to its increased 
screening capability

 › During the second half of FY2019 Network continued development  
and user acceptance testing (UAT) for release 2 of the Advanced 
Planning System (APS) software which modernises the train ordering 
process and includes the APS scheduling module. Release 2 went  
live into production on 27 July 2019

Wiggins Island Rail Project (WIRP)
 › During FY2019 legal proceedings continued in relation to the notices 
received by Network from the WIRP customers purporting to exercise 
a right under their WIRP Deeds to reduce their financial exposure in 
respect of payment of the WIRP fee, which is non-regulated. The trial 
in the Supreme Court of Queensland was heard between 10 September 
2018 and 21 September 2018 and on 27 June 2019 the Supreme Court 
ruled in Network’s favour. On 25 July 2019 all customers lodged notices 
of appeal challenging the decision of the Supreme Court. Network is 
considering the appeal and will respond in accordance with the Court 
of Appeal mandated timeframes

 › The customers also initiated other disputes under their respective 
WIRP Deeds which were the subject of an expert determination 
in February 2019. Those disputes relate to various matters on 
the completion of the WIRP construction works. The Expert’s 
Determination was issued on 4 June and found that the WIRP Fee 
should be partially reduced. These disputes relate to the same 
component of WIRP revenue as the Supreme Court proceedings and 
will not impact recovery of the regulated access charge component  
of WIRP capital expenditure. Network is determining options for  
appeal of this outcome

 › Due to the ongoing dispute, no revenue in respect of the WIRP  

fee has been recognised to date

OTHER

Other includes the provision of maintenance services (e.g. rail grinding) 
to internal and external customers and central costs not allocated such 
as the Board, Managing Director & CEO, Investor Relations, Strategy and 
Company Secretariat. 

($M)

Total revenue

Operating costs

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT

Other Performance Overview

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

82.2

(96.1)

(13.9)

(9.8)

90.8

(99.7)

(8.9)

(9.8)

(23.7)

(18.7)

(9%)

4%

(56%)

–

(27%)

EBIT decreased by $5.0m mainly due to the inclusion of $21.4m of Group 
wide redundancy costs, largely offset by the reversal of a provision of 
$20.3m relating to an agreed settlement with a customer. Redundancy 
costs were included in the business unit results in prior year.

INTERMODAL – DISCONTINUED OPERATION 

($M)

Total revenue

Operating costs 

EBITDA – Underlying

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT – Underlying 

Significant Items

Net finance income

Income tax benefit

NPAT (Discontinued operation) 
– Statutory

FY2019

FY2018

VARIANCE %

111.0

225.4

(104.1)

(247.1)

6.9

(0.2)

6.7

(11.4)

0.1

7.8

3.2

(21.7)

(2.3)

(24.0)

(74.7)

–

21.6

(77.1)

(51%)

58%

nm

91%

nm

85%

–

(64%)

nm

20

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Intermodal Performance Overview

Train Guard 

Train Guard is a technology platform utilising ETCS (European Train 
Control System) technology to support driver decision making 
particularly in relation to speed control and signal enforcement in Central 
Queensland. This technology will support safer and more efficient train 
operations with reduced signals passed at danger and improved control 
and train handling. This technology is also a pathway to expanding our 
driver only operations in Central Queensland and will initially be installed 
on three locomotives. Installation of equipment on locomotives and 
wayside has commenced in preparation for a trial in 2020.

Asset Maintenance

As part of an enterprise review of rollingstock maintenance Aurizon 
has developed a comprehensive plan that underpins a fundamental 
repositioning in the way it approaches rollingstock maintenance, on the 
journey through condition-based maintenance to predictive maintenance. 

While Aurizon has had huge success in applying technology to condition-
based maintenance, especially in the CQCN, the plan that has been 
developed covers all aspects of rollingstock across both Coal and Bulk. 
This is a multi-year program that has three major phases:

 › Solidify the foundation
 › Improve the maintenance maturity
 › Increase the competitiveness of the business

The targeted investments in technologies that have already been made 
will greatly enable the success on this journey.

TrainHealth

TrainHealth provides Aurizon with capability to monitor performance of 
locomotives and train handling/utilisation in real time. This initiative will 
enable access to real time asset data that will inform the health of the 
locomotive, enhance asset reliability and maintenance decisions for the 
fleet, provide greater visibility on driver variability and support business 
decisions for on-time running. TrainHealth will initially be installed across 
the Siemens electric locomotive fleet in the CQCN with installation to 
commence during August 2019.

The EBIT position for Intermodal improved $30.7m mainly due to:
 › $28.6m reduction in operating losses with the closure of Interstate 

Intermodal in December 2017
 › $2.1m reduction in depreciation

Significant items for the discontinued operation totalled ($11.4m)  
and relate to:

 › ($25.1m) asset impairments due to the Queensland Intermodal sale, 

partly offset by:

 › $13.2m for Interstate Intermodal closure impacts, including a gain 
on sale of assets and the release of contract exit cost provisions 
recognised in the prior year

 › $0.5m write back of redundancy costs

OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT UPDATE 
As part of Aurizon’s Strategy In Action, particularly the Optimise and 
Excel levers, Aurizon continues to focus on operational efficiency to 
continuously improve its operational performance, asset efficiency and 
cost competitiveness. Through the Optimise and Excel levers, Aurizon is 
making targeted investments in technology on the journey to continuous 
improvement. Outlined below are the major initiatives being pursued in 
the business:

Precision Railroading Operations

Project Precision is focussed on driving precise planning and disciplined 
delivery of operations with the objective to improve on time departure 
and arrival of above rail services across CQCN. This initiative drives value 
through improving asset and crew utilisation and unlocking capacity of 
the network. The focus of the project in the first three quarters of FY2019 
was on improving scheduling capability, releasing additional capacity 
by improving the alignment of maintenance activities and non-coal 
traffic operating on the CQCN and reducing unnecessary dwell and yard 
time. These improvements have resulted in approximately 20 additional 
services per week scheduled since early January 2019.

In the fourth quarter of FY2019 the project focus shifted to the 
disciplined execution of the train schedule in the day of operations.  
A schedule adherence trial was conducted in the Moura system and has 
seen an improvement in on time performance of services, a reduction in 
turnaround time and average cancellations and improved driver safety 
statistics. Following the success of the Moura trial, plans have been put  
in place to extend this trial into other CQCN corridors through FY2020.

Restructure of Support Areas

Aurizon has delivered significant benefits from the implementation of the 
restructure of the Technical Services and Planning (TSP) business unit 
during FY2019. The restructure enables TSP to deliver a more sustainable, 
focussed, flexible and lower cost service to the Coal, Bulk and Network 
business units. The reduced headcount of ~175 will contribute to the 
delivery of the savings target of approximately $20m during FY2020. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

21

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Business Interruption 

Aurizon may experience business interruption 
and consequential financial impact from a 
range of circumstances including, but not 
limited to: 

 › Road Vehicle Incident – death or injuries to 
our people from operating road vehicles 
 › Process Safety Incident – major process 
safety event leading to death or injuries  
to our people, significant distraction or  
loss of license to operate 

 › Illegal protest activity – safety risks to 

employees and individuals due to anti-coal 
protesters illegally entering the rail corridor 
and danger zone to conduct blockades
 › Cyber security incidents in relation to 

Aurizon’s corporate and operational systems 

 › Adverse weather events could impact 

Excel Strategic Lever 
Competition in Current Markets 

Aurizon may face competition from parties 
willing to compete at reduced margins and/or 
accept lower returns and greater risk positions 
than Aurizon. This may potentially negatively 
impact Aurizon’s competitiveness. Most of 
Aurizon’s significant customer contracts 
are secured on long-dated terms, however 
failure to win or retain customer contracts at 
acceptable rates will be a risk to future financial 
performance. Increased competition may be 
experienced from new entrants to Aurizon’s 
core markets in both above and below rail 
and includes existing customers in-sourcing 
Aurizon’s services. Competitors may also 
deploy technology or innovation more rapidly 
than Aurizon.

Aurizon’s operations, assets or customers

Delivery of Regulatory Reform

Enterprise Agreement Renegotiations 

EA renegotiations to support sustainable 
business transformation are ongoing. 
Approximately 75% of Aurizon’s workforce  
are covered by collectively bargained EAs.  
One of these EAs was successfully 
renegotiated in FY2018 and a further four in 
FY2019. The Queensland Coal EA has received 
approval through an employee ballot in July 
2019 and is with Fair Work Commission for 
approval. These renegotiated EAs provide 
balanced productivity improvements with  
fair wage outcomes. Work continues in 
Queensland in relation to the Bulk EA.  
Through ongoing bargaining, Aurizon is 
seeking to balance productivity improvements 
with wage outcomes. There are risks that 
prolonged industrial action impacts Aurizon’s 
critical operations or final agreements do not 
support business objectives. 

Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal 
sale transaction

There is a risk that the Acacia Ridge Intermodal 
Terminal sale transaction as described on 
page 14 of this report will be prevented from 
completing and Aurizon incurs orders for costs.

Network may fail to achieve regulatory reform 
over the medium term, impacting future 
company performance. The near-term risk 
relates to the potential for the QCA not to 
approve the UT5 DAAU as detailed on page 
19 of this report, in which case the UT5 Final 
Decision will remain in place, resulting in 
a lower allowable revenue than under the 
UT5 DAAU.

General Regulatory Risk 

Aurizon’s operations and financial performance 
are subject to legislative and regulatory 
oversight. Unfavourable changes may be 
experienced with respect to access regimes, 
safety accreditation, taxation, carbon 
reduction, environmental and industrial 
(including occupational health and safety) 
regulation, government policy, and approval 
processes. These changes may have a material 
adverse impact on project investment, 
Aurizon’s profitability and business in general, 
as well as Aurizon’s customers. 

Aurizon is also exposed to the risk of material 
regulatory breaches resulting in the loss of 
operating licences and financial penalties. In 
the event of a loss of licence, critical business 
operations may not be supplied to customers, 
impacting profitability and reputation. 

Risk
Aurizon promotes a risk-aware culture with 
an emphasis on frontline accountability for 
effective risk management. The consideration 
of risk features heavily in Aurizon’s thinking, 
from the framing of strategy through to 
informing decision making. In late 2018, 
Aurizon reviewed and refreshed its Enterprise 
Risk Management Framework and Risk 
Appetite. The update aims to deliver a simpler 
and more practical format to support the 
identification, assessment and reporting of risk 
across the business, and includes both financial 
and non-financial risks. 

Risks to the delivery of strategy have been 
categorised into the three strategic levers  
of Optimise (accelerate the competitiveness  
of Aurizon), Excel (achieve regulatory reform, 
secure contract wins and gain competitive 
advantage through asset efficiency) and 
Extend (position Aurizon for growth,  
value creation and the next phase of  
enterprise evolution).

Optimise Strategic Lever
Delivery of Optimise Initiatives 

Aurizon maintains a pipeline of efficiency 
initiatives that are expected to deliver a 
cost effective and customer aligned model. 
Failure to be the lowest cost or highest 
service provider may occur due to a lack of 
definition in the target state or unsuccessful 
implementation of the associated action plans. 
Impacts on non-delivery include not achieving 
budget and failure to maximise volumes within 
customer contracts. 

Operational Agility 

A lack of operational agility would result 
in Aurizon’s inability to flex operations and 
support an alignment between costs and 
revenue. If operational agility is not achieved 
it may result in missed revenue during market 
upturns due to a lag in accessing the required 
resources, or static costs during downturns 
eroding financial performance. 

22

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Physical Risks
 › Current and future disruption arising 

from increased severity and/or frequency 
of extreme weather events (higher 
temperatures, strong winds, flooding and 
associated erosion, bushfires and others) 

Climate change risks and opportunities 
are disclosed annually in Aurizon’s 
sustainability report.

Adverse Basin or Corridor Economics 
and General Economic Conditions 

Aurizon’s earnings are concentrated in 
commodity markets across a relatively small 
number of customers and may be impacted 
by deterioration in counterparty credit 
quality, mine sale to a lower tier party, mine 
profitability, contract renewals, supply chain 
disruptions and/or macro-industry issues. 

Aurizon develops its own position regarding 
future coal demand through our Strategy 
in Uncertainty framework which includes 
scenario analysis. This process considers 
both short-term impacts as well as risks 
that emerge over the medium to long term, 
where the timing and magnitude is less 
certain. Our management team and Board 
are directly engaged in helping to identify 
the scenarios for consideration in addition 
to development of plans and initiatives to 
position the organisation to mitigate risks 
and take advantage of opportunities. Given 
our customer's exposure (almost entirely) 
to export markets, in developing our own 
scenario analysis we assess global seaborne 
demand for metallurgical coal and thermal 
coal, driven primarily by steel production 
and energy generation respectively. Based 
on this addressable market, Australian 
supply is assessed considering the risks and 
opportunities for both current and future coal 
production. In addition to developing our own 
long-term outlook for seaborne coal demand, 
we also consider scenarios developed by 
external organisations such as the International 
Energy Agency (IEA) through the annual 
release of the World Energy Outlook (WEO).

Extend Strategic Lever 
WIRP Non-Regulated Revenue Dispute 

Given that the decision of the Supreme 
Court of Queensland has been appealed by 
customers, there is potential the entire amount 
of the WIRP non-regulated fee as described  
on page 20 of this report is determined by  
the Court of Appeal to not be payable by  
the WIRP customers.

Climate Change Risk 

The long-term implications of climate change 
may impact Aurizon on several fronts. 
For example: 

Transition Risks
 › Demand for thermal coal is subject to energy 

policy and fuel-mix decisions driven by 
energy costs, energy security, and regulation 
of GHG emissions (including carbon pricing). 
Demand for metallurgical coal is subject to 
factors such as economic development, steel 
intensive growth, alternative methods of 
steel production and import reliance

 › Demand for metallurgical coal is subject to 

factors such as economic development, steel 
intensive growth, alternate methods of steel 
production, import reliance and regulation of 
GHG emissions (including carbon pricing)
 › Investor concern over climate-related risks 
may result in an inability for Aurizon, our 
customers and end-users of coal to gain 
licences, funding and insurance for coal 
mining, transport and coal-fired generation 
and/or steel production capacity
 › Carbon liability under the Safeguard 

Mechanism Rule and potential penalties for 
inappropriate carbon reporting under the 
National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting 
(NGER) Act

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW 23

Directors’ Report (continued)
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Sustainability 
Aurizon’s Sustainability Report details how 
Aurizon takes account of social, environmental 
and economic considerations related to its 
operations. In October 2018, Aurizon released 
its fifth Sustainability Report. In August 2019, 
Aurizon maintained a ‘Leading’ rating for 
the fifth consecutive year by the Australian 
Council of Superannuation Investors (ACSI) for 
Corporate Sustainability Reporting in Australia. 
Having received this rating for four or more 
consecutive years, Aurizon has again been 
considered a ‘Leader’ by ACSI, along with  
45 other ASX200 companies.

This year will be the third reporting period in 
which Aurizon incorporates recommendations 
from the Financial Stability Board’s (FSB) Final 
Report: Recommendation of the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), 
released in June 2017. Aurizon acknowledges 
that climate change is affecting a wide range 
of industries around the world, resulting in 
financial implications. Transition risks, related 
to energy policy, regulation, technology and 
market shifts (that are necessary to achieve the 
transition to a low-carbon economy) will affect 
the demand for the commodities that Aurizon 
hauls. Physical risks related to extreme weather 
events will also continue to affect Aurizon 
through supply chain disruptions. 

Aurizon’s 2019 Sustainability Report will be 
published in October 2019. 

24

Safety 

People 

At Aurizon our values (Safety, People, Integrity, 
Customer and Excellence) guide our people’s 
work in delivering bulk commodities to the 
world. During the year we have continued 
to focus on developing the capability of our 
people through:
 › Leadership programs designed to promote 

accountability and engage and enable 
employees

 › Further improve our people, processes and 
systems through cascading performance 
succession systems through the organisation

 › Review and implement a new HR system 

framework for HR policies to create easier 
access to key policies, tools and documents 
providing clearer accountability and greater 
flexibility 

At Aurizon safety is a core value and we are 
committed to achieving ZEROHarm. We have 
two primary safety metrics that are used to 
measure safety outcomes across the enterprise 
being Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) and Rail Process Safety. 

Rail Process Safety, which measures 
operational safety including derailments, 
signals passed at danger and rollingstock 
collisions improved 14% against the prior 
year decreasing to 4.38. This is significant 
given these events, while low frequency, can 
potentially be high consequence so efforts to 
reduce risk are very important.

FY2019 TRIFR, which includes contractors, 
was 11.07 injuries per million hours worked, 
which was a 10% increase against the prior 
year. The data shows the actual number of total 
recordable injuries remained largely unchanged 
from the prior year and the increase can be 
attributed to the fact that the total number 
of recordable hours worked were lower. 
Nevertheless, the figure is disappointing and 
reinforces the importance of the continued 
rollout of the Seamless Safety program and 
other initiatives.

Aurizon also continues to focus on contractor 
safety through the Contractor Safety 
Community of Competence. During FY2019 
this group of subject matter experts assisted  
in the goal of reducing injuries to contractors 
and improving TRIFR data quality.

Environment 

Aurizon’s vision is to deliver environmental 
value through effective management of 
material environmental risks and improved 
enterprise environmental performance. 

Aurizon continues to focus on efforts to 
improve visibility and transparency related to 
key and emerging environmental issues such  
as climate change and clean air.

Aurizon’s leadership on diesel emissions 
was made evident through our contribution 
to the Code of Practice for Management of 
Locomotive Exhaust Emissions (CoP) published 
by the Rail Industry Safety and Standards 
Board in 2018. The CoP outlines emissions 
standards for new and existing fleet that must 
be met within 10 years of the effective date  
(1 December 2018).

In FY2019, Aurizon had two notifiable 
environmental incidents. Remediation  
actions have been implemented as required 
and no ongoing environmental impacts  
are anticipated.

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

Dear Fellow Shareholders 

On behalf of the Board, we present Aurizon’s Financial Year (FY) 2019 Remuneration Report. The Board believes the Company has performed well 
in difficult circumstances and wishes to recognise the Leadership Team’s progress in executing our business strategy and achieving key milestones 
during the year, which have provided long-term certainty for the business.

The Leadership Team has continued to focus the Company’s efforts during the year on the business strategy and improving our core business  
of delivering bulk commodity transport solutions for customers. We are using three strategic levers to deliver this continuous improvement  
and create long-term value for customers and shareholders – Optimise (our existing core business); Excel (to create competitive advantage),  
and Extend (to support long-term sustainable growth). 

Our Coal business performed well, despite operational challenges of industrial action, weather-related and supply chain constraints. The Bulk 
business continued to progress with its turnaround program, securing new customers and improving business operations. The Network business 
reported record tonnages across the Central Queensland Coal Network (CQCN), with 232.7 million tonnes of coal delivered in FY2019.

A significant achievement in FY2019 was the agreement with coal customers for an alternate access undertaking for the CQCN. This establishes 
the foundation for much-needed regulatory reform for one of Australia’s leading infrastructure assets and also the basis for a renewed 
relationship with our customers, based on productivity and a mutual interest in supply chain performance. We also completed the second stage 
exit from the loss-making Intermodal business by selling the Queensland Intermodal business to Linfox. 

Over the past 12 months our safety performance has been mixed with improvement on Rail Process Safety which includes derailments, Signals 
Passed at Danger and rollingstock collisions and a disappointing deterioration in our Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate which captures the 
number of injuries to employees and contractors per million hours worked. 

The Short Term Incentive (STI) Award for FY2019 continued to be based on annual performance measures of Underlying EBIT, Safety and 
Individual Key Deliverables. Business Unit earnings metrics were introduced for Bulk and Coal in FY2019. Due to the uncertainty from Aurizon 
Network’s Draft Access Undertaking, the Board determined that these arrangements would be introduced for Network from FY2020. 

Strong performance across earnings and individual measures is reflected directly in the STI payments for our Key Management Personnel.  
Stretch performance was achieved for Group Underlying EBIT, Bulk EBIT and Rail Process Safety. There was no reward allocated for our Injury 
metric. The Board has determined that an overall outcome at or close to Stretch will be awarded to participants.

During FY2019, the 2016 Long Term Incentive (LTI) Award and unvested 2015 LTI Award were subject to testing however Aurizon’s performance 
resulted in no components of these Awards vesting. This outcome is consistent with shareholder experience over the last three years. Aurizon’s 
share price has seen a significant improvement over the past 12-months, which is expected to be reflected in vesting of future LTI Awards.

The fixed remuneration of the Executive Key Management Personnel (KMP) was reviewed and increases were awarded to the MD & CEO (1%), 
CFO & Group Executive Strategy (7%) and other Executive KMP (1%-3%).

The Board considers that these remuneration outcomes reach an appropriate balance both reflecting shareholder outcomes and recognising 
the value-adding contribution of the Leadership Team.

During FY2018 and FY2019, the Board conducted a comprehensive review of Aurizon’s remuneration framework and performance metrics. 
The Board has determined that the current framework delivers against Aurizon’s remuneration principles and, with minor adjustment, 
remains effective in driving performance. In FY2020, the STI metrics will include Network Earnings and Individual Key Deliverables related 
to improvement in safety performance and culture. The Return on Invested Capital hurdle for the 2019 LTI allocation has been set taking into 
account the current business outlook and the expected Network regulatory outcomes. The Board will continue to review and assess alternative 
remuneration structures implemented in the market.

As communicated last year, a market review of the Non-Executive Director remuneration framework resulted in changes to the reward structure – 
the first since 2012. The Chairman’s fee was increased marginally and the remaining Non-Executive Directors transitioned from an ‘all-in-one’  
to a ‘base plus committee’ fee structure, which was introduced over a two-year period.

We are grateful for your ongoing support.

Yours faithfully,

Tim Poole 
Chairman 

Russell Caplan 
Chairman, Remuneration and Human Resources Committee

REMUNERATION REPORT 

25

 
Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

1. 
 Remuneration Report Introduction
Aurizon’s remuneration practices are aligned 
with the Company’s strategy of providing 
rewards that drive and reflect the creation 
of shareholder value whilst attracting and 
retaining Directors and Executives with the 
right capability to achieve results.

The Remuneration Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2019 is set out in Table 1. The 
information in this Report has been audited.

2.  Directors and Executives
The Key Management Personnel (KMP) of the Group (being those whose remuneration must be 
disclosed in this Report) include the Non-Executive Directors and those Executives who have the 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Aurizon.

The Non-Executive Directors and Executives that formed part of the KMP for the Financial Year 
(FY) ended 30 June 2019 are identified in Table 2.

Table 3 identifies other persons who were KMP at some time during FY2019. 

TABLE 2 – KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

NAME

POSITION

TABLE 1 – TABLE OF CONTENTS

NON–EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

SECTION CONTENTS

PAGE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Remuneration Report 
Introduction

Directors and Executives

Remuneration 
Framework Components

Company Performance 
Financial Year 2019

Take Home Pay

Short Term Incentive 
Award

Long Term Incentive 
Award

Executive Employment 
Agreements

Non-Executive Director 
Remuneration

Executive Remuneration 
Financial Year 2019

26

26

27

29

30

31

32

34

35

36

T Poole

M Bastos

R Caplan

M Fraser

S Lewis

K Vidgen

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding

P Bains

C McDonald

E McKeiver

M Riches

Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer & Group Executive Strategy

Group Executive Bulk

Group Executive Coal

Group Executive Network

TABLE 3 – FORMER KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

NAME

POSITION

FORMER NON–EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

J Cooper1

K Field2

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

1  J Cooper ceased in the role and with the Company on 29 May 2019
2  K Field ceased in the role and with the Company on 18 October 2018 

26

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
3.   Remuneration Framework 

Components 

Total Potential Remuneration 
Aurizon’s Remuneration Framework for each 
Executive comprises three components:

 › Fixed remuneration (not ‘at risk’) that 
comprises salary and other benefits, 
including superannuation

 › STIA (‘at risk’ component, awarded on the 

achievement of performance conditions over 
a 12-month period) that comprises both a 
cash component and a component deferred 
for 12 months into equity

 › LTIA (‘at risk’ component, awarded on the 

achievement of performance conditions over 
a four-year period) that comprises only an 
equity component

The structure is intended to provide an 
appropriate mix of fixed and variable 
remuneration, and provide a combination 
of incentives intended to drive performance 
against the Company’s short and longer-term 
business objectives.

The mix of potential remuneration components 
for FY2019 for the MD & CEO and Executive 
KMP is set out in Figure 1: Total Potential 
Remuneration Financial Year 2019. This diagram 
demonstrates the revised remuneration mix 
for appointments, implemented since FY2017, 
where a greater portion of the total potential 
remuneration is weighted towards the LTIA.

Executive Remuneration Governance
Figure 2 represents Aurizon’s remuneration 
governance framework. Details on the 
composition of the Remuneration and  
Human Resources Committee (Committee) 
are set out on page 8 of this report. The 
Committee’s Charter is available in the 
Governance section of the Company’s  
website at www.aurizon.com.au

FIGURE 1 – TOTAL POTENTIAL REMUNERATION FINANCIAL YEAR 20191

MD & CEO: CASH COMPONENT: 51% 

EQUITY COMPONENT: 49%

27%

24%

16%

33%

EXECUTIVE KMP: CASH COMPONENT: 51% 

EQUITY COMPONENT: 49%

30%

21%

14%

35%

Fixed Remuneration

STIA

Deferred STIA

LTIA

1  Assumes achievement of the stretch performance hurdle outcomes for STIA, full vesting of the Deferred STIA and 
LTIA at a value equal to the maximum opportunity of the original award i.e. assuming no share price appreciation

FIGURE 2 – REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

BOARD
The Board:
 › Approves the overall remuneration policy and 

ensures it is competitive, fair and aligned with the 
long-term interests of the Company

 › Approves Non-Executive Director remuneration,  

MD & CEO and Executive Committee remuneration
 › Assesses the performance of, and determines the 

STIA outcome for, the MD & CEO giving due weight 
to objective performance measures while retaining 
discretion to determine final outcomes

 › Considers and determines the STIA outcomes of  

the Executive Committee based on the 
recommendations of the MD & CEO

REMUNERATION AND  
HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE
The Remuneration and Human Resources Committee  
is delegated responsibility by the Board to review and  
make recommendations on:
 › The remuneration policies and framework for the 

Company

 › Non-Executive Director remuneration
 › Remuneration for the MD & CEO and Executive Committee
 › Executive incentive arrangements

MANAGEMENT
 › Provides information relevant to remuneration  
decisions and makes recommendations to the 
Remuneration and Human Resources Committee
 › Obtains remuneration information from external  
advisors to assist the Remuneration and Human 
Resources Committee (i.e. market data, legal advice, 
accounting advice, tax advice)

CONSULTATION WITH 
SHAREHOLDERS AND 
OTHER STAKEHOLDERS

REMUNERATION 
CONSULTANTS AND 
OTHER EXTERNAL 
ADVISORS
In performing duties and 
making recommendations 
to the Board, the 
Remuneration and Human 
Resources Committee may 
from time to time appoint 
and engage independent 
advisors directly in relation 
to remuneration matters. 
These advisors:

 › Review and provide 

recommendations on the 
appropriateness of the 
MD & CEO and Executive 
remuneration

 › Provide independent 
advice, information 
and recommendations 
relevant to remuneration 
decisions

Any advice or 
recommendations provided 
by external advisors are 
used to assist the Board –  
they do not substitute 
for the Board and 
Remuneration and Human 
Resources Committee 
processes

REMUNERATION REPORT

27

 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

Remuneration Framework and objectives Financial Year 2019

During FY2018 and FY2019, the Board conducted a comprehensive review of Aurizon’s remuneration framework and performance metrics. The Board 
has determined that the current framework, as summarised in Figure 3, delivers against our remuneration principles and, with minor adjustment, 
remains effective in driving performance. The Board will continue to actively review and assess alternative structures implemented in the market. 

FIGURE 3 – REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK AND OBJECTIVES FOR FINANCIAL YEAR 2019

PERFORMANCE MEASURE

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES AND  
LINK TO PERFORMANCE

FY2019 FRAMEWORK  
CHANGES

D
E
X
F

I

I

N
O
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R

M
R
E
T
T
R
O
H
S

D
R
A
W
A
E
V
T
N
E
C
N

I

I

Considerations:
 › Experience, qualifications
 › Role and responsibility
 › Retain key capability
 › Reference to remuneration paid by  
similar sized companies in similar  
industry sectors

 ›

Internal and external relativities

 › Underlying EBIT (Enterprise and,  
if applicable, Business Unit) (60%) 

 › Safety (10%) 
 ›

Individual (30%)

Measured over a one-year  
performance period

Participants can earn up to a maximum  
of 150% of “at-target” remuneration

STIA at Risk:

MD & CEO: Target 100% of Fixed  
Remuneration and maximum 150%  
of Fixed Remuneration

Other Executive KMP: Target 75%  
of Fixed Remuneration and maximum  
112.5% of Fixed Remuneration 

 › Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 

(50%) 

 › Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) (50%)

Measured over a four-year 
performance period

LTIA at Risk (Maximum):

MD & CEO: 120% of Fixed Remuneration

Other Executive KMP: 112.5% of  
Fixed Remuneration 

M
R
E
T
G
N
O
L

D
R
A
W
A
E
V
T
N
E
C
N

I

I

 › To attract and retain Executives  

with the right capability to  
achieve results 

Effective 1 July 2018, TFR increases 
were provided to ensure alignment 
with external peer group:

 › MD & CEO: from $1.7m  

to $1.717m (1%)

 › Other Executive KMP:  

between 1% & 7% 

 ›

 › A greater proportion of the 
Award has been weighted 
towards Underlying EBIT from 
40% to 60% 
Introduction of Business Unit 
measures (Underlying EBIT) 
for Coal, Bulk (FY2019) and 
Network (FY2020)1 
 Enterprise Transformation 
Program measure has been 
removed however the benefits 
have been embedded within  
the EBIT targets

 ›

No change

The financial and non-financial 
performance measures were  
chosen because:

 › Underlying EBIT delivers direct 

financial benefits to shareholders 

 › Safety captures the need to 

continuously improve safety and 
embed safe, efficient and effective 
processes across all aspects of a 
heavy industry business 

 ›

Individual aligns employee 
contribution to the achievement  
of Aurizon’s strategy

 › Relative TSR is a measure of the 
return generated for Aurizon’s 
shareholders over the performance 
period relative to a specific peer 
group of companies (from the 
ASX100 index) 

 › ROIC reflects the fact that Aurizon 

operates a capital-intensive 
business and our focus should be 
on maximising the level of return 
generated on the capital we invest

Note: Minimum shareholding 
requirements for Executive KMP and the 
remainder of the Executive Committee 
encourages retention of shares and 
alignment with shareholder interests

Total Remuneration 
Overall, Executive remuneration is designed to support the delivery of superior shareholder returns by placing a significant proportion of an 
Executive’s total potential remuneration at risk and awarding a significant portion of at risk pay in equity

1   Network did not have an EBIT target for remuneration purposes for FY2019 due to the unknown UT5 outcome which was awaiting Final Decision at the time targets were 

set. Group Executive Network will receive the Enterprise outcome for FY2019

28

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.   Company Performance for  

Financial Year 2019

Aurizon reported Group Underlying Earnings 
Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) of $829 million 
for year ended 30 June 2019. The Non-Network 
businesses (Coal, Bulk and Other) delivered 
a $450.1 million contribution to Group 
EBIT (excluding redundancy), above the 
non-Network EBIT guidance range of $390m 
– $430m. Aurizon Network delivered a $400 
million contribution to Group EBIT which 
includes Aurizon's decision to recognise a 
one-off regulatory true-up of $60 million to 
account for the UT5 Final Decision. The true-up 
is the largest contributor to the 12% reduction 
in Group EBIT from FY2018.

Progress in executing the business strategy and 
achieving key milestones during FY2019 have 
provided long-term certainty for the business. 
Key achievements include:

 › Record tonnages across the Central 

Queensland Coal Network (CQCN) of 
232.7 million tonnes 

 › New customers and improved business 

operations in Coal and Bulk

 › An agreement with Coal customers for an 
alternate access undertaking for the CQCN 
delivering a range of benefits for Aurizon 
and its customers

 › Successful second stage exit from the 

Intermodal business through the sale of the 
Queensland Intermodal business to Linfox

 › An improvement in Rail Process 

Safety performance which includes 
derailments, Signals Passed at Danger 
and rollingstock collisions

 › Completed bargaining for five 

Enterprise Agreements

 › Continued delivery on programs focused 

on safety and performance culture, 
efficiencies and cost savings.

Figure 4 shows historical Company 
performance across a range of key metrics.

Strong performance across earnings and 
individual metrics is reflected directly 
in STIA payments. Detail related to 
performance against the FY2019 STIA 
performance measures is provided in 
Table 5 (page 31). Table 7 (page 32) provides 
additional information related to the LTIA 
performance outcomes.

FIGURE 4 – HISTORICAL COMPANY PERFORMANCE

0
7
9

1
7
8

4
8
8

1
4
9

9
2
8

.

7
9

.

3
9

6
8

.

.

9
0
1

.

7
9

12%

1.2ppt

FY18

FY19

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Return on Invested Capital (%)1

FY15

FY16
Underlying EBIT ($m)1

FY17

7
0
.
1
1

2
0
0
1

.

8
8
9

.

4
2
4

.

3
4
8

.

1
4
2

.

2
1
.
7

9
6
2

.

8
0
5

.

8
3
4

.

14%

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)2         
(per million man-hours worked) 

Rail Process Safety3

10%

.

6
4
2

4
2

.

5
2
2

1
.
7
2

.

8
3
2

.

2
8
2

.

8
5
1

12%

1
.
7

.

6
8
-

.

6
3
1
-

41.8ppt

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Total Dividend per Share (cents)

.

3
4
7

.

8
4
7

9
.
1
7

.

8
9
6

5
.
1
7

Total Shareholder Return (%)

FY16
FY17
FY15
Operating Ratio (%)1

FY18

FY19

1.7ppt

1  Continuing operations
2   From FY2018, TRIFR definition has been redefined and contractor statistics have been included. Historical 

performance has been restated to include the extended definition for FY2015 – FY2017. Performance 
unaudited prior to FY2018. The line diagram depicts the historical performance under the previous definition

3   Rail Process Safety (Total Accident Rate and Signals Passed at Danger) was introduced from FY2018

REMUNERATION REPORT 

29

Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

5.  Take Home Pay 
Table 4 identifies the actual remuneration 
received during FY2019 for Executive KMP.

The table has not been prepared in accordance 
with accounting standards but has been 
provided to ensure shareholders are able to 
clearly understand the remuneration outcomes 
for Executive KMP. Remuneration outcomes, 
which are prepared in accordance with the 
accounting standards, are provided in  
Section 10 (page 36). 

Following a market review, effective 1 July 2018, 
Fixed Remuneration increases were provided 
to the MD & CEO (1%), CFO & Group Executive 
Strategy (7%) and other Executive KMP  
(1%-3%). The remuneration outcomes identified 
in Table 4 are directly linked to the Company 
performance described in Section 6 (page 31) 
and Section 7 (page 32).

The actual STIA is dependent on Aurizon, 
Business Unit and individual performance  
as described in Section 6. 

Varying performance across our key measures 
is also reflected directly in the payments for our 
Executive KMP, which range from 93% to 100% 
of their potential maximum. 

The actual vesting of the LTIA is dependent  
on Aurizon’s performance and the outcomes 
are further described in Section 7.

During FY2019, the 2016 Award and 2015  
Award (Retest) were subject to testing. 
However, Aurizon’s performance resulted in  
no components of these Awards vesting.

 TABLE 4 – REMUNERATION EARNED IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2019 

FIXED 
REMUNERATION  
$’000

NON‑
MONETARY 
BENEFITS1 
$’000

STIA  
CASH2  
$’000

STIA  
DEFERRED FROM  
PRIOR YEAR3 
$’000

LTIA  
VESTING4 
$’000

SHARE PRICE 
APPRECIATION5 
$’000

ACTUAL FY2019 
REMUNERATION 
OUTCOMES  
$’000

1,717

750

606

660

695

–

3

52

57

–

1,545

506

409

416

469

838

260

229

234

226

–

–

–

–

–

237

73

65

66

64

4,337

1,592

1,361

1,433

1,454

NAME

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding 

P Bains

C McDonald

E McKeiver

M Riches

1   The amount relates to Reportable Fringe Benefits for the respective FBT year ending 31 March and includes travel benefits and relocation assistance
2   The amount relates to the cash component (60%) of the FY2019 STIA which will be paid in September 2019
3   The amount relates to the deferred component (40%) of the FY2018 STIA which was awarded in performance rights and will vest in September 2019 (calculation 

assumes a share price of $4.21)

4   The amount is the number of rights which would have vested in August 2019. As the performance hurdles were not met no rights vested
5   The amount is the number of rights which vest in September 2019 multiplied by the increase in the Aurizon share price over the period ended 30 June 2019  

(calculation assumes share price appreciation of $1.19) 

30

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–196.  Short Term Incentive Award 

What is the STIA and who participates? 
The STIA is ‘at risk’ remuneration subject to 
the achievement of pre-defined Company and 
individual performance hurdles which are set 
annually by the Board at the beginning of the 
performance period. For each component of 
the STIA, three performance levels are set: 
 › Threshold, below which no STIA is paid  

for that component

 › Target, which typically aligns to relevant 
corporate plans and budgets, a business 
improvement targeted outcome or reflects 
an improvement on historical achievement

 › Stretch, outcomes which are materially 

better than Target

The STIA applies in a similar manner to all  
non-enterprise agreement employees. For the 
MD & CEO, Executive KMP and the remaining 
Executive Committee (direct reports to the MD  
& CEO) a portion (40%) will be deferred into 
equity for a period of 12 months, subject to the 
Board’s ability to claw-back.

What are the Company performance 
measures? 
The performance measures which apply to  
all participants are Underlying EBIT, Safety  
and Individual. 

From FY2019, the portion of the STIA weighted 
towards underlying EBIT has increased (from 
40% to 60%). Additionally, Business Unit 
measures have been included for Bulk and 
Coal (FY2019) and Network (FY2020). Each 
measure has a defined level of performance. 

Network did not have an EBIT target, for 
remuneration purposes, for FY2019 due to the 
unknown UT5 outcome which was awaiting 
Final Decision at the time targets were set. 

The measures capture the need to continuously 
improve safety across the business, strengthen 
and grow our current business whilst 
continuing to transform the Enterprise.  
This is achieved through a focus on people 
and asset efficiencies whist at the same time, 
delivering benefits to shareholders. Individual 
performance hurdles relate to each specific 
role and measure an individual’s contribution. 

TABLE 5 – SHORT TERM INCENTIVE AWARD FINANCIAL YEAR 2019 OBJECTIVES

What is the amount that participants  
can earn through an STIA? 
The employment agreements specify a target 
STIA, expressed as a percentage of Fixed 
Remuneration (100% for the MD & CEO and 
75% for the remaining Executive KMP). Each 
participant can earn between 0% up to a 
maximum of 150% of this target percentage, 
depending on performance and subject to 
Board discretion. Depending on performance 
assessed at year end, participants may earn for 
each enterprise measure: 0% for performance 
below Threshold, 50% at Threshold (for 
measures other than Underlying EBIT, for which 
Threshold earnings are 30%) with a linear scale 
up to 100% at Target performance; and a further 
linear scale to 200% at Stretch performance. 

What are the outcomes for FY2019?
Table 5 identifies the performance measures, 
relevant weightings and outcomes for FY2019. 
The FY2019 actual outcomes for Executive 
KMP are identified within Table 6. 

PERFORMANCE MEASURE

ENTERPRISE

Group EBIT2: Underlying EBIT delivers financial benefit to shareholder through the 
achievement of underlying operating earnings 

Group Safety: The measures capture the need to continuously improve safety across 
all of the Company measured through equally weighted parameters which include:

WEIGHTING 

MD & CEO,  
CFO & 
NETWORK1

COAL  
& 
BULK

TARGET

FY2019 PERFORMANCE 
OUTCOME

60%

30%

$787m

$829m

 › Total reportable injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
 › Rail Process Safety (Total Accident Rate and Signals Passed at Danger)

5%

5%

5%

5%

7.96

5.34

BUSINESS UNIT1

Coal EBIT:

Bulk EBIT:

INDIVIDUAL: Performance hurdles for the Executive KMP are established on an 
annual basis by the MD & CEO and are based on the individual contribution to the 
achievement of the Aurizon strategy of continuing to optimise, excel and extend the 
business. In the case of the MD & CEO the individual hurdles are established by the 
Board. FY2019 included:
 › Deliver Enterprise Strategic Plan
 › Transformation
 › Intermodal exit
TOTAL OUTCOME

 › Regulatory strategy
 › Advancement of key 
technology projects

–

30%

Performance 
targets vary for 
each Business Unit

30%

30% Individual performance 
targets vary for each  
specific role

100% 100%

11.07

4.38

$415.1m

$37.3m

Personal outcomes 
for MD & CEO and 
Executive KMP varied 
between above Target 
and Stretch depending 
on performance 
against KPIs

1   Network did not have an EBIT target for remuneration purposes for FY2019 due to the unknown UT5 outcome which was awaiting Final Decision at the time targets were set. 

Group Executive Network will receive the Enterprise outcome
2  Company performance hurdles relate to continuing operations 

 Stretch   

 Between Target & Stretch   

 Target   

 Between Threshold & Target  

 Threshold  

 Below Threshold

TABLE 6 – SHORT TERM INCENTIVE AWARDED IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2019 

NAME

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding

P Bains

C McDonald 

E McKeiver

M Riches

TARGET 
STIA 
$’000

MAXIMUM 
POTENTIAL 
STIA ($’000)

CASH 
COMPONENT

DEFERRED 
SHARE 
COMPONENT1

TOTAL STIA 
PAYMENT

% OF 
TARGET  
STIA

% OF 
MAXIMUM 
STIA2

AWARDED FY2019 ($’000)

1,717

563

455

495

521

2,576

844

682

743

782

1,545

506

409

416

469

1,031

338

273

277

313

2,576

844

682

693

782

150

150

150

140

150

100

100

100

93

100

1   A portion (40%) awarded in the form of rights to shares, which vest on the first anniversary of payment of the cash component subject to Board’s ability to ‘claw-back’
2   Executives have forfeited between 0% and 7% of their maximum potential outcomes 

REMUNERATION REPORT 

31

Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

7.  Long Term Incentive Award

What is the LTIA and who participates? 
The LTIA is the component of Total Potential 
Remuneration linked to providing long-term 
incentives for selected Executives whom the 
Board has identified as being able to contribute 
directly to the generation of long-term 
shareholder returns. This includes the MD & 
CEO, Executive KMP, the remaining Executive 
Committee (direct reports to the MD & CEO) and 
a number of other management employees.

How is the LTIA determined? 
The number of performance rights issued 
under the LTIA to each Executive is calculated 
by dividing their respective LTIA potential 
remuneration (expressed as a percentage of 
Fixed Remuneration) by the five-day Volume 
Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of Aurizon 
shares at the time of their award.

Each performance right is a right to receive 
one share in Aurizon upon vesting. 

The number of performance rights that vest 
is determined by performance outcomes 
compared against predetermined company 
hurdles as described in Table 7 and Table 8.

What happens when performance  
rights vest? 
Performance rights awarded under the LTIA 
vest subject to the satisfaction of company 
hurdles. Rights vest and the resulting shares 
are transferred to the Executive at no cost 
to the Executive. Value of the award will be 
subject to movements in the Aurizon share 
price over the performance period. Company 
performance against LTIA subject to testing  
in FY2019 is identified in Table 7. 

What is the amount that Executives  
can earn through an LTIA? 
The maximum potential remuneration 
(expressed as a percentage of Fixed 
Remuneration) available through the LTIA  
is 120% in the case of the MD & CEO and  
112.5% for the remaining Executive KMP.

What is the performance period? 
From the 2017 Award, company hurdles are 
measured over an extended performance 
period, which increased from a three to a  
four-year performance period. 

In the event that a hurdle is not achieved in 
relation to the 2015 Award, the performance 
period may be extended for a further year at 
the discretion of the Board. In the event of a 
performance period extension, in order for 
any additional performance rights to vest on 
the later date, Aurizon has to achieve stronger 
performance than that required for the original 
performance period in the final year.

Retesting was removed from the 2016 Award 
and has not formed part of any subsequent 
awards. 

TABLE 7 – COMPANY PERFORMANCE AGAINST LONG TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS SUBJECT TO TESTING IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2019 

COMPANY HURDLE AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT 
PERIOD

2015 AWARD: RETEST 01 JULY 2015 – 30 JUNE 2019

Relative TSR:  
against peer group 
within ASX100 Index

Initial: 30% of rights vest at the 50th 
percentile, 75% at the 62.5th percentile 
up to 100% at the 75th percentile

OR Improvement

ROIC: average annual ROIC 

Initial: FY2016 – FY2018

Retest: FY2016 – FY2019

Retest: 100% of rights vest at the  
75th percentile. 0% vest below the  
75th percentile

Initial: 50% of rights vest with a 
FY2018 OR of 71.5%, up to 100%  
at 70% 

Retest: 100% of rights vest at or below 
69%. 0% will vest with an OR above 69%

Initial: 50% of rights vest with an 
average ROIC of 10.5%, up to 100%  
at 11.5% 

Retest: 100% of rights vest with an 
average ROIC of 12.5%. 0% below 12.5%

2016 AWARD: 01 JULY 2016 – 30 JUNE 2019 

Relative TSR:  
against peer group 
within ASX100 Index

OR Improvement

30% of rights vest at the 50th 
percentile, 75% at the 62.5th percentile 
up to 100% at the 75th percentile

50% of rights vest with a FY2019 OR of 
70%, up to 100% at 68.5% 

ROIC: average annual 
ROIC FY2017 – FY2019

50% of rights will vest with an average  
ROIC of 10.5%, up to 100% at 11.5%

WEIGHTING

RESULT

%  
VESTED

% FOR 
RETESTING

% 
LAPSED

33%

Below median 
(FY2018) 

Below top 
quartile (FY2019)

0% 100% of this component  

was subject to a single  
retest in FY2019

0%

100%

34%

72.5%1 (FY2018)

0% 100% of this component  

was subject to a single  
retest in FY2019

72.8%1 (FY2019)

0%

100%

33%

8.7%2 (FY2018)

0% 100% of this component  

was subject to a single  
retest in FY2019

8.5%2 (FY2019)

0%

100%

35%

Below median

0% Retesting does not 

100%

form part of the  
2016 Award

15%

50%

72.8%1 

8.5%2

0%

0%

100%

100%

1   OR for remuneration purposes has been adjusted to include Intermodal (until the divestment is completed or the business is closed). The adjustment will be limited to 
underlying items and excluded any one-off items. This ensures that the definition used is consistent with when the performance hurdles were set. OR for continuing 
operations was 69.8% (FY2018) and 71.5% (FY2019) 

2   ROIC for remuneration purposes has been adjusted to reflect asset impairments which have occurred during the performance period, excluding asset impairments 

driven by continued efficiency and productivity improvements. Reported ROIC is 9.4% for the 2015 Award (FY2016 – FY2018), 9.6% for the 2015 Award (Retest FY2016 – 
FY2019) and 10% for the 2016 Award (FY2017 – FY2019)
 Maximum   

 Between Minimum and Maximum   

 Below Minimum 

 Minimum   

32

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19TABLE 8 – LONG TERM INCENTIVE AWARD PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW AND HURDLES

TSR

The vesting of rights for relative TSR growth is conditional on Aurizon’s TSR performance relative to a peer group of companies in the 
ASX100 index (approximately 70) that are broadly comparable to Aurizon (i.e. with which Aurizon competes for capital and/or capability). 
Property trusts (from 2016 Award) and telecommunications companies (from 2017 Award) are no longer excluded from the comparator group. 
Financial, healthcare, biotechnology, casinos and gaming companies are excluded from the comparator group.

TSR measures the growth in the price of shares plus cash distributions notionally reinvested in shares. The TSR of Aurizon over the 
performance period will be compared to the TSR of all of the companies in the peer group which are still listed at the end of the performance 
period. The relevant share prices will be determined by reference to a VWAP over a period to smooth any short-term ‘peaks’ or ‘troughs’. 
Relative TSR performance is verified by an independent expert at the end of each Financial Year.

ROIC

ROIC, for the purposes of the LTIA, will be calculated on the same basis as the published ROIC except to the extent of the differences 
explained in this section. Essentially, ROIC is Underlying EBIT divided by Invested Capital. For the purposes of LTIA, invested capital will 
exclude major (infrastructure investments with an approved budgeted capital expenditure over $250m) assets under construction (AUC)  
until these investments are planned to generate income, subject to Board discretion (for example, in the case of a delay judged to be outside 
the control of management and not able to be foreseen or mitigated).

ROIC for remuneration purposes will be adjusted (add-back depreciation charge and invested capital) to reflect asset impairments which 
occur during the performance period, excluding asset impairments driven by continued efficiency and productivity improvements. 

OR

OR improvement essentially measures the operating costs as a percentage of revenue. Aurizon is committed to reducing OR through further 
implementation or transformation initiatives, growth initiatives and continued tight operational and financial discipline. The Board determined 
that OR will no longer form part of the LTIA from the 2017 Award. It was always intended that the use of OR had a finite life-span. Whilst OR 
will continue to be managed and improved it will no longer be used for remuneration purposes with the balance of future awards weighted 
towards TSR and ROIC which are better aligned to a long asset life infrastructure company.

In August 2017, Aurizon announced its intention to exit the Intermodal business. Accordingly, the entire Intermodal business has been treated 
as a discontinued item for reporting purposes. Shareholders have been unable to realise the benefit of fully exiting the Intermodal business in 
both FY2018 and FY2019. As a result, the Board determined that OR for remuneration purposes will be adjusted to include Intermodal (until 
the divestment is completed or the business is closed). The adjustment was limited to underlying items and will exclude any one-off items.  
This ensures that the definition used is consistent with when the performance hurdles were set.

WEIGHTING

MINIMUM VESTING POINT

MAXIMUM VESTING POINT

2017 AWARD (3 YEAR): 01 JULY 2017 – 30 JUNE 20201

Relative TSR: against peer 
group within ASX100 Index

ROIC: average annual ROIC  
FY2018 – FY20202

50%

50%

30% of rights will vest  
at the 50th percentile

75% of rights will vest  
at the 62.5th percentile 

100% of rights will vest  
at the 75th percentile

50% of rights vest with an 
average ROIC of 10.5%

100% of rights will vest with  
an average ROIC of 11.5%

2017 AWARD (4 YEAR): 01 JULY 2017 – 30 JUNE 20211

Relative TSR: against peer  
group within ASX100 Index

ROIC: average annual ROIC  
FY2018 – FY20212

50%

50%

2018 AWARD: 01 JULY 2018 – 30 JUNE 2022

30% of rights will vest  
at the 50th percentile

75% of rights will vest  
at the 62.5th percentile

100% of rights will vest  
at the 75th percentile

50% of rights vest with an 
average ROIC of 10.5%

100% of rights will vest with  
an average ROIC of 11.5%

Relative TSR: against peer  
group within ASX100 Index

ROIC: average annual ROIC  
FY2019 – FY20222

50%

50%

30% of rights will vest  
at the 50th percentile

50% of rights vest with  
an average ROIC of 9%

75% of rights will vest  
at the 62.5th percentile

100% of rights will vest  
at the 75th percentile

100% of rights will vest with  
an average ROIC of 10%

2019 AWARD: 01 JULY 2019 – 30 JUNE 2023

Relative TSR: against peer  
group within ASX100 Index

ROIC: average annual ROIC  
FY2020 – FY20233,4

50%

50%

30% of rights vest at  
the 50th percentile

75% of rights will vest  
at the 62.5th percentile

100% of rights will vest  
at the 75th percentile

50% of rights vest with an 
average ROIC of 9.5%

100% of rights will vest with 
an average ROIC of 10.5%

All rights will vest pro-rata on a straight-line basis between the minimum and maximum vesting points

1   From the 2017 Award, company hurdles are measured over an extended performance period, which increased from a three-year performance period to a four-year 

performance period. In order to facilitate this transition two awards were issued at 75% of the maximum vesting opportunity in FY2018 

2   Following the expected Network regulatory outcomes, the Board has determined that no adjustment will be made to the hurdles for the 2017 and 2018 Awards 
3   With the introduction of the new lease accounting standard effective from 1 July 2019, which has the effect of bringing leases to the balance sheet, we have completed  
a review of our current ROIC calculation and simplified the definition of invested capital which will be applied for the 2019 Award. This definition change has no material 
impact on ROIC

4  ROIC hurdles for the 2019 Award have been set taking into account the current business outlook and the expected Network regulatory outcomes

How does Aurizon utilise Retention awards? 
In some circumstances, as approved by the Board, Management may recommend using retention awards where the services of an individual are 
considered critical to Aurizon over the short-to-medium term and the existing remuneration arrangements are thought to be insufficient to retain those 
services. Retention awards may be time-based or project-based and are governed by stringent performance conditions and may be cash-based or 
equity-based. During FY2019, no retention awards were issued to Executive KMP but a number were issued to other employees. Further information is 
available in note 29 of the Financial Report (page 92).

REMUNERATION REPORT 

33

Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

8.  Executive Employment Agreements

Executive Employment Agreements 
Remuneration and other terms of employment 
for the MD & CEO and Executive KMP are 
formalised in an Employment Agreement as 
summarised in Table 9.

Minimum shareholding policy 
for Executives
To align KMP and the Executive Committee 
(direct reports to the MD & CEO) with 
shareholders, the Company requires:

 ›  Non-Executive Directors to accumulate and 
maintain one year’s Total Directors’ fees 
(consisting of Directors’ fee plus applicable 
Committee fee/s) of shares in the Company 
 › the MD & CEO to accumulate and maintain 
one year’s Fixed Remuneration of shares in 
the Company

 › the remaining Executive KMP and Executive 
Committee to accumulate and maintain 50% 
of one year’s Fixed Remuneration of shares 
in the Company

This is to be achieved within six years of 
the date of their appointment. This will be 
calculated with reference to the Total  
Directors’ fees and Executives’ Fixed 
Remuneration during the period divided  
by the number of years.

Details of KMP shareholdings as at 30 June 
2019 are set out in Table 10.

Hedging and margin lending policies
Aurizon has in place a policy that prohibits 
Executives from hedging economic exposure to 
unvested rights that have been issued pursuant 
to a Company employee share plan. The policy 
also prohibits margin loan arrangements for 
the purpose of purchasing Aurizon shares. 
Adherence to this policy is monitored regularly 
and involves each Executive signing an annual 
declaration of compliance with the policy.

TABLE 9 – EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS 

NAME

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding 

P Bains

C McDonald

E McKeiver

M Riches

DURATION OF  
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

FIXED REMUNERATION AT 
END OF FINANCIAL YEAR 
20191

NOTICE PERIOD2

BY EXECUTIVE

BY COMPANY3

Ongoing

Ongoing

Ongoing

Ongoing

Ongoing

$1,717,000

$750,000

$606,000

$660,000

$695,000

6 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

12 months 

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

1   Fixed remuneration includes a superannuation component
2  Post employment restraints in any competitor business in Australia is aligned to the notice period
3  Any termination payment will be subject to compliance with the Corporations Act and will not exceed 12 months

TABLE 10 – KMP SHAREHOLDINGS AS AT 30 JUNE 2019 

NAME

NON–EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

T Poole

M Bastos

R Caplan2 

M Fraser

S Lewis 

K Vidgen

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding 

P Bains

C McDonald

E McKeiver

M Riches

BALANCE  
AT THE START  
OF THE YEAR

RECEIVED  
DURING THE YEAR  
ON VESTING

OTHER  
CHANGES DURING  
THE YEAR

BALANCE  
AT THE END  
OF THE YEAR

% OF FIXED 
REMUNERATION1

90,500

11,400

82,132

40,000

33,025

40,000

10,000

23,348

105,694

56,929

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

42,076

45,279

12,774

–

–

–

–

–

30,000

–

–

30,000

–

(7,500)

–

–

90,500

11,400

82,132

70,000

33,025

40,000

82,076

68,627

110,968

56,929

–

100%

27%

197%

166%

78%

104%

26%

49%

99%

47%

0%

1   Assumes Total Directors’ Fees and Fixed Remuneration as at 30 June 2019 and the calculation assumes a share price of $5.40
2  KMP required to meet the minimum shareholding requirement due to length of service in a KMP role being longer than six years

34 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–199.   Non‑Executive Director 

Remuneration

Fees for Non-Executive Directors are set at a 
level to attract and retain Directors with the 
necessary skills and experience to allow the 
Board to have a proper understanding of,  
and competence to deal with, current and 
emerging issues for Aurizon.

Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors 
is reviewed by the Committee and set by 
the Board, taking into account external 
benchmarking. Fees and payments to  
Non-Executive Directors are reviewed  
annually by the Board and reflect the  
demands which are made on, and the 
responsibilities of, the Directors.

The Chairman’s fees are determined 
independently to the fees of Non-Executive 
Directors, based on comparative roles in  
the external market. The Chairman does  
not participate in any discussions relating to  
the determination of his own remuneration.

Fee Structure
As previously communicated, in FY2018,  
a market review of Non-Executive Director  
fees was undertaken which resulted in  
changes to the reward structure – the first 
since 2012. 

The Chairman’s fee continues to be inclusive 
of fees for Committee memberships, however, 
at a higher rate. For the other Non-Executive 
Directors there has been a change to the 
structure to a ‘base plus Committee’ fee 
from an ‘all-in-one’ fee. This change resulted 
in a decrease to the base Directors’ fee as 
described in Table 11. 

In addition, to the base Directors’ fee, 
other Non-Executive Directors received 
the applicable fee component for 
Committee chairperson and/or membership 
responsibilities. The Committee fees were 
introduced over a two-year period and the 
changes are provided in Table 12. The actual 
remuneration outcomes for the Non-Executive 
Directors of the Company is summarised in 
Table 13. Details of the Non-Executive Director 
membership is disclosed on page 8. 

The base Directors’ fee and Committees fees 
include both cash and any contributions to 
a fund for the purposes of superannuation 
benefits. There are no other retirement 
benefits in place for Non-Executive Directors. 
Non-Executive Directors do not receive a 
performance pay.

What are the aggregate fees approved by shareholders? 
$2.5 million. The cap does not include remuneration for performing additional or special duties for 
Aurizon at the request of the Board or reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses 
of Director in attending meetings and carrying out their duties.

TABLE 11 – DIRECTORS’ FEES

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT SUMMARY

DIRECTORS

Chairman

TERM

Directors’ fees (inclusive of all 
responsibilities and superannuation)

FROM  
1 JANUARY 
2018

PRIOR FEE

$490,000

$475,000

Other Non-Executive 
Directors

Directors’ fees (inclusive of all 
responsibilities and superannuation)

$170,000

$190,000

TABLE 12 – COMMITTEE FEES

NETWORK 
BOARD

AUDIT 
AND RISK 
COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION 
AND HUMAN 
RESOURCES 
COMMITTEE

SAFETY, 
HEALTH AND 
ENVIRONMENT 
COMMITTEE

Chairperson 1 January 2019

$40,000

1 January 2018

$30,000

Member

1 January 2019

$20,000

1 January 2018

$20,000

$40,000

$30,000

$20,000

$20,000

$35.000

$17,500

$17,500

$8,750

$35,000

$17,500

$17,500

$8,750

TABLE 13 – NON‑EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 

SHORT‑TERM 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

POST‑EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

SALARY 
AND 
FEES1 
$’000

NON‑
MONETARY 
BENEFITS2 
$’000

SUPERANNUATION  
$’000

TOTAL 
REMUNERATION 
$’000

NAME

YEAR

NON‑EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

T Poole

M Bastos

R Caplan 

M Fraser

S Lewis 

K Vidgen

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

469

461

194

109

197

181

199

181

199

181

185

177

FORMER NON‑EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

J Cooper 

K Field 

Total

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

183

181

61

181

1,687

1,652

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

-

21

20

18

10

19

17

19

17

19

17

18

17

17

17

6

17

137

132

493

481

212

119

216

198

218

198

221

198

203

194

200

198

67 

198

1,830

1,784

1   Salary and fees include any salary sacrificed benefits
2   Non-monetary benefits represent the value of Reportable Fringe Benefits for the respective FBT year ending 

31 March

REMUNERATION REPORT 

35

Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

10. Executive Remuneration Financial Year 2019
The table below details the number and value of movements in equity awards during FY2019.

TABLE 14 – RIGHTS GRANTED AS COMPENSATION 

NAME

EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding

P Bains

C McDonald

E McKeiver

M Riches

INCENTIVE  
PLAN

BALANCE AT 
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR

 RIGHTS 
AWARDED 
DURING THE 
YEAR1 

VALUE OF 
RIGHTS 
GRANTED IN 
YEAR

VESTED IN 
YEAR

EXERCISED 
DURING THE 
YEAR 

FORFEITED IN 
YEAR

FORFEITED IN 
YEAR

VALUE OF RIGHTS  

BALANCE AT END 

VALUE PER RIGHT 

FORFEITED IN YEAR

OF YEAR

AT GRANT DATE

GRANT  

DATE 

DATE ON WHICH 

GRANT VESTS2

EXPIRY  

DATE

WEIGHTED FAIR 

NO.

 NO. 

$’000

%

NO.

NO.

%

$’000

NO.

100%

(42,076)

100%

(25,000)

100%

(20,279)

100%

(12,774)

(49,382)

100%

(55,555)

100%

(59,260)

100%

20163
2017 STIAD5
2017 (3 year)
2017 (4 year)
2018 STIAD6
2018
2014
20153
2016 – Ret4
20163
2017 STIAD5
2017 (3 year)
2017 (4 year)
2018 STIAD6
2018
2014
20153
20163
2017 STIAD5
2017 (3 year)
2017 (4 year)
2018 STIAD6
2018
2014
20153
20163
2017 (3 year)
2017 (4 year)
2018 STIAD6
2018
2017 (3 year)
2017 (4 year)
2018 STIAD6
2018

463,636
42,076
295,938
295,938
–
–
49,382
46,066
25,000
60,776
20,279
114,241
114,241
–
–
55,555
51,824
60,776
12,774
97,921
97,921
–
–
59,260
55,279
64,656
104,449
104,449
–
–
110,161
110,161
–
–

199,050
459,911

838
1,185

61,663
188,337

260
481

54,442
152,176

229
389

55,677
165,737

53,682
174,526

234
423

226
446

176

198

211

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

463,636

295,938

295,938

199,050

459,911

46,066

60,776

114,241

114,241

61,663

188,337

51,824

60,776

97,921

97,921

54,442

152,176

55,279

64,656

104,449

104,449

55,677

165,737

110,161

110,161

53,682

174,526

$

3.49

5.01

3.09

2.99

4.21

2.58

3.57

4.00

4.74

3.45

5.01

3.18

3.07

4.21

2.56

3.57

4.00

3.45

5.01

3.18

3.07

4.21

2.56

3.57

4.00

3.45

3.18

3.07

4.21

2.56

3.18

3.07

4.21

2.56

18-Oct-17

18-Sept-17

18-Oct-17

18-Oct-17

17-Sept-18

18-Oct-18

18-Aug-14

17-Aug-15

1-Jul-16

7-Oct-16 

18-Sept-17

6-Oct-17

6-Oct 17

17-Sept-18

5-Oct-18

18-Aug-14

17-Aug-15

7-Oct-16

18-Sept-17

6-Oct-17

6-Oct 17

17-Sept-18

5-Oct-18

18-Aug-14

17-Aug-15

7-Oct-16

6-Oct-17

6-Oct 17

17-Sept-18

5-Oct-18

6-Oct-17

6-Oct 17

17-Sept-18

5-Oct-18

7-Sept-19

18-Sept-18

18-Oct-20

18-Oct-21

17-Sept-19

18-Oct-22

18-Aug-18

17-Aug-18

30-Jun-18

7-Oct-19

18-Sept-18

6-Oct-20

6-Oct 21

17-Sept-19

5-Oct-22

18-Aug-18

17-Aug-18

7-Oct-19

18-Sept-18

6-Oct-20

6-Oct 21

17-Sept-19

5-Oct-22

18-Aug-18

17-Aug-18

7-Oct-19

6-Oct-20

6-Oct 21

17-Sept-19

5-Oct-22

6-Oct-20

6-Oct 21

17-Sept-19

5-Oct-22

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-18

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-21

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-22

31-Dec-18

31-Dec-19

7-Jan-19

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-18

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-21

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-22

31-Dec-18

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-18

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-21

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-22

31-Dec-18

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-21

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-22

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-21

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-22

1   The number of performance rights awarded, as described in Section 7, is a function of the market price (5-day VWAP) at the time of the award, that is, ‘face value’.  

For remuneration purposes, Aurizon does not use fair value to determine LTI Awards

2  Date on which the grant vests will be adjusted for awards eligible for retest. Retesting has been removed from the 2016 Award onwards
3  Details of the vesting outcomes are described in Table 7
4  Retention Award as described in Section 7 in the FY2018 Remuneration Report
5  Deferred STIA component as described in Section 3 and Section 5 of this report and Table 6 in the FY2017 Remuneration Report
6  Deferred STIA component as described in Section 3 and Section 5 of this report and Table 5 in the FY2018 Remuneration Report

3636 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19P Bains

(49,382)

100%

10. Executive Remuneration Financial Year 2019

The table below details the number and value of movements in equity awards during FY2019.

TABLE 14 – RIGHTS GRANTED AS COMPENSATION 

NAME

INCENTIVE  

PLAN

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding

20163

2017 STIAD5

2017 (3 year)

2017 (4 year)

2018 STIAD6

2018

2014

20153

20163

2016 – Ret4

2017 STIAD5

2017 (3 year)

2017 (4 year)

2018 STIAD6

2017 STIAD5

2017 (3 year)

2017 (4 year)

2018 STIAD6

2018

2014

20153

20163

2018

2014

20153

20163

2017 (3 year)

2017 (4 year)

2018 STIAD6

2018

2017 (3 year)

2017 (4 year)

2018 STIAD6

2018

463,636

42,076

295,938

295,938

49,382

46,066

25,000

60,776

20,279

114,241

114,241

55,555

51,824

60,776

12,774

97,921

97,921

59,260

55,279

64,656

104,449

104,449

110,161

110,161

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

199,050

459,911

838

1,185

61,663

188,337

260

481

54,442

152,176

229

389

55,677

165,737

53,682

174,526

234

423

226

446

E McKeiver

M Riches

100%

(42,076)

100%

(25,000)

100%

(20,279)

100%

(12,774)

C McDonald

(55,555)

100%

(59,260)

100%

1   The number of performance rights awarded, as described in Section 7, is a function of the market price (5-day VWAP) at the time of the award, that is, ‘face value’.  

For remuneration purposes, Aurizon does not use fair value to determine LTI Awards

2  Date on which the grant vests will be adjusted for awards eligible for retest. Retesting has been removed from the 2016 Award onwards

3  Details of the vesting outcomes are described in Table 7

4  Retention Award as described in Section 7 in the FY2018 Remuneration Report

5  Deferred STIA component as described in Section 3 and Section 5 of this report and Table 6 in the FY2017 Remuneration Report

6  Deferred STIA component as described in Section 3 and Section 5 of this report and Table 5 in the FY2018 Remuneration Report

BALANCE AT 

BEGINNING 

OF YEAR

NO.

 RIGHTS 

AWARDED 

VALUE OF 

RIGHTS 

EXERCISED 

DURING THE 

GRANTED IN 

VESTED IN 

DURING THE 

FORFEITED IN 

FORFEITED IN 

YEAR1 

 NO. 

YEAR

$’000

YEAR

%

YEAR 

NO.

YEAR

NO.

YEAR

%

VALUE OF RIGHTS  
FORFEITED IN YEAR

BALANCE AT END 
OF YEAR

$’000

NO.

176

198

211

463,636
–
295,938
295,938
199,050
459,911
–
46,066
–
60,776
–
114,241
114,241
61,663
188,337
–
51,824
60,776
–
97,921
97,921
54,442
152,176
–
55,279
64,656
104,449
104,449
55,677
165,737
110,161
110,161
53,682
174,526

WEIGHTED FAIR 
VALUE PER RIGHT 
AT GRANT DATE

GRANT  
DATE 

DATE ON WHICH 
GRANT VESTS2

EXPIRY  
DATE

$

3.49
5.01
3.09
2.99
4.21
2.58
3.57
4.00
4.74
3.45
5.01
3.18
3.07
4.21
2.56
3.57
4.00
3.45
5.01
3.18
3.07
4.21
2.56
3.57
4.00
3.45
3.18
3.07
4.21
2.56
3.18
3.07
4.21
2.56

18-Oct-17
18-Sept-17
18-Oct-17
18-Oct-17
17-Sept-18
18-Oct-18
18-Aug-14
17-Aug-15
1-Jul-16
7-Oct-16 
18-Sept-17
6-Oct-17
6-Oct 17
17-Sept-18
5-Oct-18
18-Aug-14
17-Aug-15
7-Oct-16
18-Sept-17
6-Oct-17
6-Oct 17
17-Sept-18
5-Oct-18
18-Aug-14
17-Aug-15
7-Oct-16
6-Oct-17
6-Oct 17
17-Sept-18
5-Oct-18
6-Oct-17
6-Oct 17
17-Sept-18
5-Oct-18

7-Sept-19
18-Sept-18
18-Oct-20
18-Oct-21
17-Sept-19
18-Oct-22
18-Aug-18
17-Aug-18
30-Jun-18
7-Oct-19
18-Sept-18
6-Oct-20
6-Oct 21
17-Sept-19
5-Oct-22
18-Aug-18
17-Aug-18
7-Oct-19
18-Sept-18
6-Oct-20
6-Oct 21
17-Sept-19
5-Oct-22
18-Aug-18
17-Aug-18
7-Oct-19
6-Oct-20
6-Oct 21
17-Sept-19
5-Oct-22
6-Oct-20
6-Oct 21
17-Sept-19
5-Oct-22

31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-21
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-22
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19
7-Jan-19
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-21
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-22
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-21
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-22
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-21
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-22
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-21
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-22

REMUNERATION REPORT 

37

Directors’ Report (continued)
REMUNERATION REPORT

Details of the remuneration paid to Executives are set out below and has been prepared in accordance with the accounting standards.

TABLE 15 – EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION 

SHORT‑TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

POST‑ 
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

LONG‑
TERM 
BENEFITS

EQUITY‑ 
SETTLED 
SHARE‑BASED 
PAYMENTS

CASH 
SALARY 
AND 
FEES1 
$’000

CASH 
BONUS 
$’000

ANNUAL 
LEAVE2 
$’000

NON‑ 
MONETARY 
BENEFITS3 
$’000

SUPER‑ 
ANNUATION4 
$’000

LONG‑ 
SERVICE 
LEAVE 
$’000

CONTRACTUAL 
TERMINATION  
BENEFITS 
$’000

RIGHTS5 
$’000

A

B

1,696

1,545

1,680

1,257

674

621

585

580

639

620

672

612

506

389

409

344

416

352

469

339

4,266 3,345

4,113

2,681

C

34

(4)

15

24

23

18

(18)

24

23

11

77

73

D

–

109

3

2

52

58

57

69

0

12

112

250

E

21

20

76

79

21

20

21

20

21

19

160

158

F

36

10

34

15

(51)

14

23

53

5

4

47

96

G

814

1,012

297

399

178

307

153

293

490

148

1,932

2,159

H

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

TOTAL 
$’000

I

4,146

4,084

1,605

1,529

1,217

1,341

1,291

1,431

1,680

1,145

9,939

9,530

PROPORTION OF  
COMPENSATION 
PERFORMANCE  
RELATED6 %

REMUNERATION 
CONSISTING  
OF RIGHTS FOR  
THE YEAR %

J

57

56

50

52

48

49

44

45

57

43

53

51

K

20

25

19

26

15

23

12

20

29

13

19

23

NAME

YEAR

EXECUTIVE KMP

A Harding

P Bains

C McDonald

E McKeiver

M Riches

Total 
Executive KMP 
compensation 
(group)

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

20187

2019

2018

 Cash salary and fees include any salary sacrifice benefits
 Annual leave represents annual leave accrued or taken during the financial year. Negative amounts represent the taking of annual leave

1 
2 
3   Non-monetary benefits represents the value of Reportable Fringe Benefits for the respective FBT year ending 31 March and includes travel benefits and  

relocation assistance

4   Superannuation amounts represent employers’ contribution to superannuation
5   The accounting expense recognised in relation to rights granted in the year is the fair value independently calculated at grant date using an expected outcome model. 

This was consistent with the Monte-Carlo simulation conducted in the prior year and resulted in similar outcomes. This amount is progressively expensed over the vesting 
period. Refer to note 29 for further details regarding the fair value of Rights. These values may not represent the future value that the Executive will receive, as the 
vesting of the Rights is subject to the achievement of performance conditions. This includes the cost of deferred short-term incentives and long-term incentives

6   The short-term incentives (cash bonus), deferred short-term incentives and long-term incentives (equity settled share-based payments) represent the at-risk 

performance related remuneration

7 

 M Riches was appointed to Group Executive Network on 24 July 2017

38

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AUDITORS’ INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

39

Corporate Governance Statement

Aurizon Holdings Limited and the entities 
it controls (Aurizon Holdings or Company) 
believe corporate governance is a critical pillar 
on which business objectives and, in turn, 
shareholder value must be built.

The Board has adopted a suite of charters and 
key corporate governance documents which 
articulate the policies and procedures followed 
by Aurizon Holdings.

These documents are available in the 
Governance section of the Company’s website, 
aurizon.com.au. These documents are reviewed 
regularly to address any changes in governance 
practices and the law.

This Statement explains how Aurizon Holdings 
complies with the ASX Corporate Governance 
Council’s ‘Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations – 3rd Edition’ (ASX 
Principles and Recommendations), and all the 
practices outlined in this Statement unless 
otherwise stated, have been in place for the 
full reporting period. The ASX released its 4th 
edition of the Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations (Principles) in 
February 2019. The Company will be required 
to report against those Principles in the year 
commencing 1 July 2020. 

The Company reviewed the Company’s 
corporate governance practices against 
those new Principles and as at the date of 
this Statement is confident that its practices 
meets all the new Principles and accordingly 
the Company will be an earlier adopter of the 
new Principles. 

This Statement was adopted by the Board on  
9 August 2019.

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management and oversight

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

1.1 Role of Board and 
management

The Board has established a clear distinction between the functions and responsibilities reserved for the Board 
and those delegated to management, which are set out in the Aurizon Holdings Limited Board Charter (Charter).

1.2 Information 
regarding election and 
re‑election of Director 
candidates

1.3 Written contracts  
of appointment

1.4 Company Secretary

The Charter also provides an overview of the roles of the Chairman, individual Directors, the Managing Director & 
CEO and the Company Secretary.

A copy of the Charter is available in the Governance section of the Company’s website, aurizon.com.au.

Aurizon carefully considers the character, experience, education, skill set as well as interests and associations of 
potential candidates for appointment to the Board and conducts appropriate checks to verify the suitability of the 
candidate prior to their appointment.

Aurizon has appropriate procedures in place to ensure material information relevant to a decision to elect or 
re-elect a Director is disclosed in the Notice of Meeting provided to shareholders.

In addition to being set out in the Charter, the roles and responsibilities of Directors are also formalised in the letter 
of appointment which each Director receives and commits to on their appointment. The letters of appointment 
specify the term of appointment, time commitment envisaged, expectations in relation to committee work or any 
other special duties attaching to the position, reporting lines, remuneration arrangements, disclosure obligations in 
relation to personal interests, confidentiality obligations, insurance and indemnity entitlements and details of the 
Company’s key governance policies, such as the Securities Dealing Policy.

A copy of the key governance policies can be found on the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.

Each Senior Executive enters into a service contract which sets out the material terms of employment, including a 
description of position and duties, reporting lines, remuneration arrangements, termination rights and entitlements.

Contract details of senior executives who are Key Management Personnel can be found on page 34 of the 
Annual Report.

The Company Secretary is directly accountable to the Board, through the Chairman, for facilitating and advising 
on the Company’s corporate governance processes and on all matters to do with the proper functioning of the 
Board. Each Director is entitled to access the advice and services of the Company Secretary. The Board Charter 
also sets out the responsibilities of the Company Secretary.

In accordance with the Company’s Constitution, the appointment or removal of the Company Secretary is a matter 
for the Board as a whole. Details of the Company Secretary’s experience and qualifications are set out on page 7 
of the Annual Report.

P

P

P

P

40

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

1.5 Diversity & inclusion

Aurizon Holdings has had a Diversity Policy since 2011 which is reviewed annually and which sets out its objectives 
and reporting practices with respect to inclusion and diversity and is available in the Governance section of the 
Company’s website, aurizon.com.au.

P

The measurable objectives and outcomes for diversity, agreed by the Aurizon Holdings Board for FY2019, are set 
out below:

ENTERPRISE MEASURES

FY19 TARGET

FY19 ACTUAL

Gender representation on the Board  Minimum 30% (each gender) 

29% women/71% men

Representation of women in 
the workforce 

Representation of Aboriginal and 
Torres Strait Islander men and 
women in Aurizon

22.0%

5.5%

21.0%

5.6%

During the year Mr Cooper and Mrs Field retired as Directors of the Company. The Board is undertaking a 
Non-Executive Director search and in assessing potential candidates, the Company’s gender target will be taken 
into account. Further details on the Company’s inclusion and diversity performance and activities can be found on 
the Company website aurizon.com.au.

A performance review is undertaken annually in relation to the Board and the Board Committees. Periodically the 
Board engages a professional independent consultant experienced in Board reviews to conduct a review of the 
Board and its Committees, and the effectiveness of the Board as a whole.

During FY19 the Board conducted an internal review of its Board and Committee and their effectiveness.

1.6 Board reviews

1.7 Management 
reviews

Each year the Board sets financial, operational, management and individual targets for the Managing Director 
& CEO. The Managing Director & CEO (in consultation with the Board) in turn, sets targets for direct reports.

Performance against these targets is assessed periodically throughout the year, and a formal performance 
evaluation for senior management is completed for the year-end.

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value 

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

2.1 Nominations 
committee 

The Nomination & Succession Committee comprises three members (including the Chairman), all of whom are 
Independent Non-Executive Directors. Details of the membership of the Nomination & Succession Committee, 
including the names and qualifications of the Committee members, are set out on pages 4 to 6 of the Annual Report.

The number of meetings held and attended by each member of the Nomination & Succession Committee during the 
financial year are set out on page 8 of the Directors’ Report within the Annual Report.

The Charter governing the conduct of the Nomination & Succession Committee is reviewed annually and is available in 
the Governance section of the Company’s website, aurizon.com.au.

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

2.2 Board skills

The skills listed below have been identified as the optimum skills Aurizon Holdings seeks to achieve across its Board 
membership. The Aurizon Holdings Board possesses a good blend of these skills. During FY2019 two Directors 
retired (Ms Karen Field and Mr John Cooper) and as part of its annual internal Board review, the Board reviewed its 
current skills and requirements. 

P

P

P

P

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

41

Corporate Governance Statement 
(continued)

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value (continued)

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

General
 › Board experience
 › Senior management experience
 › ASX listed company governance
 › Risk management

Industry 
 › Transport and logistics
 › Mining and resources
 › Government relations
 › Safety, health and environment

Technical
 › Finance and accounting
 › Regulatory
 › Corporate strategy
 › Capital allocation including  
acquisitions and divestments

 › Information and operational technology
 › Capital markets
 › Engineering and construction
 › Human resources

2.3 Disclose 
independence and 
length of service

Further details regarding the skills and experience of each Director are included on pages 4 to 6 of the Report.

Details regarding which Directors are considered independent and the length of their service are set out on page 4 
of the Annual Report.

2.4 Majority of 
Directors independent 

In accordance with the Board Charter, the majority of Directors are independent. Only the Managing Director & CEO is 
not considered independent, by virtue of the role being an Executive of the Company.

Details regarding which Directors are considered independent and the length of their service are set out on page 4  
of the Annual Report.

2.5 Chair independent 

The Chairman, Tim Poole, is an Independent Non-Executive Director. The role of CEO is performed by another Director.

2.6 Induction 
and professional 
development

Further details regarding the Directors are set out on pages 4 to 6 of the Annual Report.

An induction process including appointment letters and ongoing education exists to promote early, active and 
relevant involvement of new members of the Board.

In addition to peer review, interaction and networking with other Directors and industry leaders, Aurizon Holdings’ 
Directors participate, from time-to-time, in Aurizon Holdings’ leadership forums and actively engage with Aurizon 
Holdings’ employees by visiting operational sites to gain an understanding of the Company’s operating environment.

During the year Directors receive accounting policy updates, especially around the time the Board considers the 
half-year and full-year financial statements.

The Board also includes briefings from time-to-time on legal, accounting, regulation, developments in 
communication and human resource management and technology.

Directors are encouraged and given the opportunity to broaden their knowledge of the business by visiting offices 
and sites in different locations. During the financial year, Directors made visits to operational sites in Queensland.

Principle 3: Act ethically and responsibly 

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

3.1 Code of Conduct

The Board has established a Code of Conduct for its Directors, senior executives and employees, a copy of which is 
available in the Governance section of the Company’s website, aurizon.com.au. The Company’s Code of Conduct, 
amongst other things, articulates and discloses the Company’s core values. Those core values are Safety, People, 
Integrity, Customer and Excellence. A description of those values is set out in the Company’s Code of Conduct.

The Company also has a Whistleblower Policy, a copy of which is available in the Governance section of the 
Company’s website, aurizon.com.au and the Board, through the Audit, Governance and Risk Management 
Committee reviews reports on concerns raised under the Whistleblower Policy.

P

P

P

P

P

P

42

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in corporate reporting 

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

4.1 Audit Committee 

The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee comprises three members, all of whom are Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Details of the membership of the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee, 
including the names and qualifications of the Committee members, are set out on pages 4 to 6 of the Annual Report.

In addition to the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee members, the Managing Director & CEO, CFO, 
Head of Risk & Assurance, external auditors and Company Secretary attend the Audit, Governance & Risk Management 
Committee meetings.

The number of meetings held and attended by each member of the Audit, Governance & Risk Management 
Committee during the financial year are set out on page 8 of the Annual Report.

The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee Charter is reviewed annually and is available on the Aurizon 
Holdings website, aurizon.com.au. Amongst other things, the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee 
reviews the processes that validate the Director’s Report and the Annual Report. The Board, as a whole, has oversight 
of other corporate reporting, such as investor presentations.

4.2 CEO and CFO 
certification of 
financial statements

The Board has obtained a written assurance from the Managing Director & CEO and CFO that the declaration 
provided under Section 295A of the Corporations Act (and for the purposes of Recommendation 4.2) is founded on 
a sound system of risk management and internal control, and that the system is operating effectively in all material 
respects in relation to financial reporting and material business risks.

4.3 External auditor 
at AGM

Aurizon Holdings’ external audit function is performed by. PricewaterhouseCoopers. (PwC). Representatives of PwC 
will attend the Annual General Meeting (AGM) and be available to answer shareholder questions regarding the audit.

Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure 

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

5.1 Disclosure and 
Communications 
Policy

Aurizon Holdings has adopted a Disclosure and Communications Policy which sets out the processes and 
practices to ensure compliance with the continuous disclosure requirements under the ASX Listing Rules and the 
Corporations Act.

Aurizon Holdings has also established guidelines to assist officers and employees of the Company with complying 
with the Company’s Disclosure and Communications Policy. A copy of the policy and guidelines are available on 
the Aurizon Holdings’ website, aurizon.com.au. The Board, as a whole, receives a copy of all announcements under 
Listing Rule 3.1 immediately prior to those announcements being made to the ASX. 

Principle 6: Respect the rights of security holders 

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

6.1 Information  
on website 

6.2 Investor  
relations programs

6.3 Facilitate 
participation at 
meetings of security 
holders 

6.4 Facilitate 
electronic 
communications 

Aurizon Holdings keeps investors informed of its corporate governance, financial performance and prospects via 
announcements to the ASX and our website. Investors can access copies of all announcements to the ASX, notices 
of meetings, annual reports, investor presentations, webcasts and/or transcripts of those presentations and a key 
event calendar via the ‘Investors’ tab. Investors can access general information regarding the Company and the 
structure of its business under the ‘Company, ‘What we deliver’ and ‘Sustainability’ tabs.

Aurizon Holdings conducts regular market briefings including interim and full year results announcements, investor 
days, site visits, and attends regional and industry specific conferences in order to facilitate effective two-way 
communication with investors and other financial markets participants. Access to Executive and Operational 
Management is provided to investors and analysts at these events, with separate one-on-one or group meetings 
offered whenever possible.

The presentation material provided at these events is sent to the ASX prior to commencement and subsequently 
posted on Aurizon Holdings’ Investor Centre website, including the webcast and transcript if applicable.

Aurizon Holdings uses technology to facilitate the participation of security holders in meetings including webcasting 
of the AGM.

Shareholders are encouraged to participate and are given an opportunity to ask questions of the Company and its 
auditor at the AGM. All resolutions put to shareholders are determined by Poll.

Aurizon provides its investors the option to receive communications from, and send communications to, the 
Company and the share registry electronically.

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

43

 
 
 
Corporate Governance Statement 
(continued)

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk 

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

7.1 Risk committee 

Aurizon Holdings’ Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee oversees the process for identifying and 
managing material risks in the Company in accordance with the Aurizon Risk Management Policy (Risk Policy). 
A copy of the Risk Policy is available in the Governance section of the Company’s website, aurizon.com.au.

7.2 Annual risk review 

7.3 Internal audit 

Further details regarding the Committee, its membership and the number of meetings held during the financial year 
are set out in response to Recommendation 4.1.

The Board has mandated the Company’s internal audit group to provide independent assurance on the effectiveness 
of the Company’s risk management practices and report periodically its findings to the Audit, Governance & Risk 
Management Committee. The purpose of the assurance is to confirm the Company’s governance processes and 
practices continue to be sound and that the Company manages risk within the Board-approved risk appetite.

Internal audit has considered the operation of the Company’s risk management framework through the delivery of its 
audit program and have concluded that it is adequate and effective.

The Company has an internal audit function that operates under a Board-approved Internal Audit Charter. 
The internal audit function is independent of management and the external auditor and is overseen by the Audit, 
Governance & Risk Management Committee. In accordance with the Committee Charter, the appointment or 
removal of the Head of Risk & Assurance is a matter for this Committee.

The Head of Risk & Assurance provides ongoing internal audit reports to the Audit, Governance & Risk Management 
Committee, as well as an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s control processes 
and risk management procedures.

7.4 Sustainability risks  Aurizon Holdings identifies and manages material exposures to environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks 
through our annual Sustainability Report. During FY2019, the Company published its fifth Sustainability Report for 
the period ended 30 June 2018. A copy of this report is available in the Sustainability section of the Company’s 
website, aurizon.com.au.

P

P

P

P

Aurizon’s FY2019 Sustainability Report will be published in October 2019. This will be the third reporting period in 
which we incorporate recommendations from the Financial Stability Board’s (FSB) Final Report: Recommendation 
of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), released in June 2017.

Aurizon acknowledges that climate change is affecting a wide range of industries around the world, resulting 
in financial implications. Transition risks, related to energy policy, regulation, technology and market shifts (that 
are necessary to achieve the transition to a low-carbon economy) will affect the demand for the commodities 
that Aurizon hauls. Physical risks related to extreme weather events will also continue to affect Aurizon through 
supply chain disruptions. These climate change risks and opportunities are disclosed annually in Aurizon’s 
sustainability report.

44

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly  

RECOMMENDATION

AURIZON HOLDINGS’ COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS

8.1 Remuneration 
Committee

Aurizon Holdings’ remuneration function is performed by the Remuneration & Human Resources Committee, 
comprising four members, all of whom are Independent Non-Executive Directors. Details of the membership of 
the Remuneration Committee, including the names and qualifications of the Committee members, are set out 
on pages 4 to 6 of the Annual Report.

8.2 Disclosure of 
Executive and  
Non‑Executive 
Director remuneration 
policy

The number of meetings held and attended by each member of the Remuneration & Human Resources 
Committee during the financial year are set out on page 8 of the Annual Report.

The Charter governing the conduct of the Remuneration & Human Resources Committee is reviewed annually 
and is available in the Governance section of the Company’s website, aurizon.com.au.

The Company seeks to attract and retain high performing Directors and Executives with appropriate skills, 
qualifications and experience to add value to the Company and fulfil the roles and responsibilities required.

It reviews requirements for additional capabilities at least annually.

Executive remuneration is to reflect performance and accordingly, remuneration is structured with a fixed 
component and a performance-based component.

Non-Executive Directors are paid fixed fees for their services in accordance with the Company’s Constitution. 
The Chairman’s fee is inclusive of fees for Committee membership and the other Non-Executive Directors are 
paid a fixed base fee plus Committee fees, as applicable. Further detail is set out in the Remuneration Report on 
page 35.

The Company has in place a Share Holding and Retention Policy which applies to Non-Executive Directors, the 
Managing Director & CEO and the direct reports of the Managing Director & CEO.

Further details regarding remuneration and share retention policies and the remuneration of Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors, are set out on pages 25 to 38 of the Annual Report. The Company also has in place a 
Related Party Transaction Policy. The policy and disclosures under that policy is reviewed annually by the Board. 
During the year there were no agreements entered into for the provision of consulting or similar services by a 
Director or Senior Executive or by a related party or a Director or Senior Executive.

P

P

8.3 Policy on hedging 
equity incentive 
schemes 

Aurizon Holdings’ Executives must not enter into any hedge arrangement in relation to any performance rights 
they may be granted or otherwise entitled to under an incentive scheme or plan, prior to exercising those rights 
or, once exercised, while the securities are subject to a transfer restriction.

P

For the purposes of this policy, hedging includes the entry into any transaction, arrangement or financial 
product which operates to limit the economic risk of a security holding in the Company and includes financial 
instruments such as equity swaps and contracts for differences. The term ‘Executive’ is broadly defined to 
include the Managing Director & CEO and his direct reports and any other person entitled to participate in 
an Aurizon Holdings performance rights plan.

Further details regarding the Company’s hedging policy are set out in the Company’s Securities Dealing Policy 
which is available on the Governance section of the website, aurizon.com.au.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

45

 
Financial Report
for the year ended 30 June 2019

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

About this report 

— Significant judgements and estimates 

Key events and transactions for the reporting period 

Results for  
the year

Operating assets 
and liabilities

Capital and 
financial risk 
management

Group  
structure

Other  
notes

1. 

 Segment 
information

7. 

 Trade and other 
receivables

14.  Capital risk 

management

2.   Revenue and 
other income

3.  Expenses

4.   Impairment of 

non-financial 
assets

8.   Inventories

15. Dividends

9.   Property, plant 
and equipment

16.  Equity and 
reserves

10.  Intangible 
assets

11.   Trade and other 

5.  Income tax 

payables

6.   Earnings per 

12.   Provisions

share

13.  Other liabilities

17. Borrowings

18.  Financial risk 
management

19.  Derivative 
financial 
instruments

20.  Associates 
and joint 
arrangements

21.   Material 

subsidiaries

22.  Parent 

26.  Notes to the 
consolidated 
statement of 
cash flows

27.  Related party 
transactions

disclosures

28.  Key 

23.  Deed of cross 
guarantee

24.  Discontinued 
operation

25.  Assets 

classified as 
held for sale

Management 
Personnel 
compensation

29.  Share-based 
payments

30.  Remuneration 
of auditors

31.  Summary of 

other significant 
accounting 
policies

32.  Changes in 
accounting 
policies

Page 47

Page 47

Page 48

Page 49

Page 50

Page 51 

Page 51

Page 51

Unrecognised  
items and events 
after reporting date

33. Contingencies

34. Commitments

35.  Events 

occurring after 
the reporting 
period

SIGNED REPORTS

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Aurizon Holdings Limited 

ASX INFORMATION

Non-IFRS financial information 

Page 99

Page 100

Page 108

46

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2019

Revenue from continuing operations

Other income

Total revenue and other income

Employee benefits expense

Energy and fuel

Track access

Consumables

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment losses

Other expenses

Share of net profit of associates and joint venture partnerships accounted  
for using the equity method

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit from continuing operations after tax

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations after tax

Profit for the year attributable to owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited

Basic earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company:

– continuing and discontinued operations

– continuing operations

Diluted earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company:

– continuing and discontinued operations

– continuing operations

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2019 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

– changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

– income tax relating to these items

Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax

Notes

2

2

3

3

4

3

5

24

6

6

Notes

16(b)

5(d)

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2019 
$m

2,905.2

2.4

2,907.6

(778.6)

(233.9)

(101.0)

(397.8)

(542.6)

(24.9)

0.1

0.1

829.0

2.9

(150.0)

(147.1)

681.9

(208.6)

473.3

3.2

476.5

2018 
$m

3,112.7

66.3

3,179.0

(755.2)

(252.4)

(191.4)

(348.4)

(525.5)

(70.0)

(70.6)

0.8

966.3

3.3

(168.3)

(165.0)

801.3

(241.2)

560.1

(77.1)

483.0

Cents

Cents

23.9

23.8

23.9

23.8

2019 
$m

476.5

(50.6)

15.2

(35.4)

441.1

24.0

27.8

24.0

27.8

2018 
$m

483.0

(13.0)

3.9

(9.1)

473.9

47

FINANCIAL REPORT   
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 30 June 2019

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Other assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Other assets

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Other liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

48

Notes

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

7

8

19

25

8

19

9

10

20

11

17

12

13

17

19

5(f)

12

13

16(a)

16(b)

25.2

481.8

117.2

0.8

6.2

108.4

739.6

40.2

196.7

8,536.3

176.9

8.6

2.8

8,961.5

9,701.1

406.7

149.0

40.9

273.0

75.1

3.8

948.5

34.8

539.3

118.1

1.3

4.7

108.0

806.2

29.1

110.8

8,659.9

172.6

–

3.2

8,975.6

9,781.8

275.8

100.0

61.2

312.2

86.4

12.7

848.3

3,220.8

3,401.9

49.1

537.4

62.9

205.0

4,075.2

5,023.7

4,677.4

906.6

3,418.5

352.3

4,677.4

21.3

479.5

82.2

218.5

4,203.4

5,051.7

4,730.1

906.6

3,460.1

363.4

4,730.1

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2019

Balance at 1 July 2018

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Dividends provided for or paid

Share-based payments

Balance at 30 June 2019

Balance at 1 July 2017

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Buy-back of preference shares, net of tax

Dividends provided for or paid

Share-based payments

Balance at 30 June 2018

Attributable to owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited

Contributed 
equity 
$m

Notes

Reserves 
$m

Retained 
earnings 
$m

16(b)

15(a)

16(b)

16(b)

16(a)

15(a)

16(b)

906.6

3,460.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(35.4)

(35.4)

–

(6.2)

(6.2)

906.6

3,418.5

1,206.6

3,473.0

–

–

–

(300.0)

–

–

(300.0)

906.6

–

(9.1)

(9.1)

(0.3)

–

(3.5)

(3.8)

3,460.1

363.4

476.5

–

476.5

(487.6)

–

(487.6)

352.3

342.5

483.0

–

483.0

–

(462.1)

–

(462.1)

363.4

Total  
equity 
$m

4,730.1

476.5

(35.4)

441.1

(487.6)

(6.2)

(493.8)

4,677.4

5,022.1

483.0

(9.1)

473.9

(300.3)

(462.1)

(3.5)

(765.9)

4,730.1

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

49

FINANCIAL REPORT  Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 30 June 2019

Notes

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST) 

Interest received

Income taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations

Net cash (outflow) from operating activities from discontinued operations

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Interest paid on qualifying assets

Payments for intangibles

Distributions received from associates

26

24(b)

3

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities from continuing operations

Net cash inflow from investing activities from discontinued operations

24(b)

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Payments of transaction costs related to borrowings 

Payments for shares bought back

Payments of transaction costs related to shares bought back

Dividends paid to Company's shareholders

Proceeds from settlement of derivatives

Payments for shares acquired for share based payments

Interest paid

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities from continuing operations

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities from discontinued operations

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

16(a)

15(a)

16(b)

24(b)

24(b)

3,325.5

(1,867.0)

2.9

(145.3)

1,316.1

(25.4)

1,290.7

3,474.9

(2,060.0)

2.9

(110.1)

1,307.7

(25.1)

1,282.6

(407.8)

(467.7)

13.0

(3.9)

(32.8)

0.7

(430.8)

11.1

(419.7)

139.0

(390.0)

(2.4)

–

–

(487.6)

11.5

(0.6)

(150.5)

(880.6)

–

(880.6)

4.7

(14.3)

34.8

25.2

19.0

(2.8)

(31.0)

–

(482.5)

54.6

(427.9)

291.0

(275.0)

(3.8)

(300.0)

(0.4)

(462.1)

–

(2.5)

(155.8)

(908.6)

–

(908.6)

(83.4)

29.5

88.7

34.8

50

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019

About this report

Aurizon Holdings Limited is a company limited by shares, incorporated 
and domiciled in Australia and is a for-profit entity for the purposes 
of preparing the financial statements. The financial statements are for 
the consolidated entity consisting of Aurizon Holdings Limited (the 
Company) and its subsidiaries and together are referred to as the  
Group or Aurizon.

The financial statements were approved for issue by the Directors on  
12 August 2019. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue  
the financial statements.

The financial statements are general purpose financial statements which:

 › Have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board 
(AASB) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)

 › Have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified 

by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including derivative 
instruments) at fair value

 › Are presented in Australian dollars, with all amounts in the financial 
report being rounded off in accordance with ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191  
to the nearest hundred thousand dollars, unless otherwise indicated

 › Where necessary, comparative information has been restated to 

conform with changes in presentation in the current year

 › Adopt all new and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations 
issued by the AASB that are relevant to the operations of the Group 
and effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2018
 ›  Equity account for associates and joint arrangements listed at note 20

The notes to the financial statements
The notes include information which is required to understand the 
financial statements and is material and relevant to the operations, 
financial position and performance of the Group. Information is 
considered material and relevant if, for example:

 › The amount in question is significant because of its size or nature
 › It is important for understanding the results of the Group
 › It helps to explain the impact of significant changes in the Group’s 

business – for example, acquisitions, disposals and impairment write 
downs

 › It relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important  

to its future performance

Significant and other accounting policies that summarise the measurement 
basis used and are relevant to an understanding of the financial statements 
are provided throughout the notes to the financial statements.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management has made a number of judgements and applied 
estimates of future events. Details of the following judgements  
and estimates which are material to the financial statements  
can be found in the following notes:

Revenue

Impairment

Income tax

Depreciation

Discontinued operation

Note
2

4

5

9

24

Key events and transactions for the 
reporting period
The financial position and performance of the Group was particularly 
affected by the following events and transactions during the  
reporting period:

(a)  Closure and sale of Intermodal
On 14 August 2017, the Group announced its intention to exit the 
Intermodal business through a combination of closure and sale.  
The three-stage exit comprises the Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal, 
Queensland Intermodal and Interstate Intermodal. The Intermodal 
business is disclosed as a discontinued operation.

Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal
The Group signed a binding agreement with Pacific National on 28 July 2017 
to sell its Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal for $205.0 million, of which 
a $35.0 million non-refundable deposit was received in advance. The 
transaction is subject to approval by the Australian Competition & Consumer 
Commission (ACCC) and Foreign Investment & Review Board (FIRB).

The ACCC opposed the sale on 19 July 2018 and commenced 
proceedings against Aurizon and Pacific National in the Federal Court. 
On 15 May 2019, the Federal Court rejected the allegations by the ACCC 
that the proposed sale contravened section 45 and section 50 of the 
Commonwealth’s Competition and Consumer Act (2010). On 27 June 
2019 the ACCC sought to appeal the Federal Court’s decision in relation 
to the contravention of section 50 of the Act (but not the Federal Court’s 
decision in relation to section 45). On 18 July 2019, Aurizon and Pacific 
National filed notices of cross-appeal. The appeal and cross-appeal will 
be heard by the Full Federal Court in due course.

The Group remains committed to exiting the Acacia Ridge Intermodal 
Terminal and on this basis has continued to classify the Acacia Ridge 
Intermodal Terminal as held for sale and a discontinued operation as at 
30 June 2019.

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
The “Keeping it simple” explanations are designed to provide 
a high level overview of the accounting treatment of the more 
complex sections of the financial statements. Disclosures in 
the notes to the financial statements provide information 
required by the Accounting Standards or ASX Listing Rules. 
The notes provide explanations and additional disclosure 
to assist readers’ understanding and interpretation of the 
financial statements.

Queensland Intermodal
The agreement entered between the Group and a consortium of Linfox 
and Pacific National dated 14 August 2017 was terminated by Aurizon  
on 13 August 2018 and $10.0 million received in advance was refunded.

The Group signed a binding agreement with Linfox to sell the 
Queensland Intermodal business on 12 October 2018 for a sale price 
of $7.3 million. Under the agreement Aurizon retains the Intermodal 
locomotive fleet and train crew and will provide Linfox rail linehaul 
services. Completion of the sale occurred on 31 January 2019.

Interstate Intermodal
The Interstate Intermodal business ceased operating on 23 December 2017.

51

FINANCIAL REPORT  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

Wiggins Island Rail Project (WIRP)
During the period, legal proceedings continued in relation to the 
notices received by Aurizon Network Pty Ltd from the WIRP customers 
purporting to exercise a right under their WIRP Deeds to reduce  
their financial exposure in respect of payment of the WIRP fee,  
which is non-regulated. The trial in the Supreme Court of Queensland 
was heard between 10 September 2018 and 21 September 2018 and  
on 27 June 2019 the Supreme Court ruled in the Group’s favour.  
On 25 July 2019 customers lodged an appeal challenging the decision  
of the Supreme Court.

The customers also initiated other disputes under their respective WIRP 
Deeds which were the subject of an expert determination in February 
2019. Those disputes relate to various matters relating to the completion 
of the WIRP construction works. The Expert’s Determination was issued 
on 4 June 2019 and found that the WIRP fee should be reduced. These 
disputes relate to the same component of WIRP revenue as the Supreme 
Court proceedings and will not impact recovery of the regulated access 
charge component of WIRP capital expenditure. The Group is determining 
options for appeal of this outcome.

Due to the ongoing dispute, no revenue in respect of the WIRP fee has 
been recognised in the period.

(c)  Debt refinancing
In November 2018, Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of the Group) cancelled existing bank debt syndicated facilities and 
replaced them with bilateral bank debt facilities totalling $450.0 million 
expiring in November 2023.

(d)  Sale of rail grinding business 
On 12 June 2019 the Group signed a business sale agreement with  
Loram Pty Ltd to sell the rail grinding business for a sale price of  
$166.2 million. As a result, the Group has classified assets and liabilities 
included within the business sale agreement as held for sale as at  
30 June 2019. The sale is expected to complete in the first half of FY20

Key events and transactions for  
reporting period (continued)

(b)  Access revenue

2017 Access Undertaking
The Queensland Competition Authority (QCA) issued a Final Decision  
in relation to Aurizon Network Pty Ltd’s (a wholly-owned subsidiary  
of the Group) 2017 Access Undertaking (UT5) on 6 December 2018.  
A Complying Undertaking aligning to the Final Decision was approved  
by the QCA on 21 February 2019.

In May 2019, the Group submitted a Reference Tariff Variation Draft 
Amending Access Undertaking (Reference Tariff Variation DAAU)  
to the QCA proposing amendments to the 2017 Access Undertaking.  
The Reference Tariff Variation DAAU was approved by the QCA on  
24 June 2019. The Reference Tariff Variation DAAU included revised 
tariffs for FY19 incorporating a volume reset of the system forecast and 
true-up of the FY18 overcollection (net of FY16/17 flood review events)  
of transitional tariffs in comparison to the 2017 Access Undertaking  
in the comparative period, based on FY19 volumes railed.

Access revenue for the period has been recognised based on the 2017 
Access Undertaking, amended for the Reference Tariff Variation DAAU. 
An amount of $81.3 million (including GAPE) has been included in trade 
and other payables at 30 June 2019 which represents the overcollection 
of transitional tariffs in comparison to the 2017 Access Undertaking, 
amended for the Reference Tariff Variation DAAU, which will be repaid 
based on FY19 volumes railed.

UT5 Customer Proposal
During the period agreements were also signed with customers  
who represent more than 90% of railed tonnes in the CQCN to  
propose amendments to the 2017 Access Undertaking. As a result, 
on 3 May 2019, a DAAU was submitted to the QCA incorporating the 
proposed amendments. The DAAU remains subject to approval by the 
QCA. If approved the DAAU has no material impact on access revenue 
recognised during the period. The proposed amendments to the 2017 
Access Undertaking include:

 › Extending the term of the Access Undertaking to ten years  

(1 July 2017 to 30 June 2027);

 › A Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) of 5.9% increasing  

to 6.3% (subject to reset on 1 July 2023) on completion of specified 
milestones, as compared to a WACC of 5.7% in UT5; and

 › Development of mechanisms to provide supply chain value through 

improved supply chain stability and improved maintenance and asset 
renewal programs.

52

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Results for the year

IN THIS SECTION

Results for the year provides segment information and  
a breakdown of individual line items in the consolidated  
income statement that the directors consider most relevant, 
including a summary of the accounting policies, judgements  
and estimates relevant to understanding these line items.

1  Segment information 

2  Revenue and other income 

3  Expenses 

4 

Impairment of non-financial assets 

5 

Income tax 

6  Earnings per share 

Page 54

Page 57

Page 59

Page 60

Page 61

Page 63

FINANCIAL REPORT

53

FINANCIAL REPORT  FINANCIAL REPORT  1  Segment information

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
Segment reporting requires presentation of financial 
information based on the information that is internally 
provided to the Managing Director & CEO and the 
Executive Committee (chief operating decision makers). 

Aurizon determines and presents operating segments on a business  
unit structure basis as this is how the results are reported internally  
and how the business is managed. The Managing Director & CEO and  
the Executive Committee assess the performance of the Group based  
on the underlying EBIT.

Unless otherwise noted, the segment reporting information excludes 
discontinued operations being Intermodal. Refer to note 24 for  
further details.

(a)  Description of segments
The following summary describes the operations in each of the  
Group’s reportable segments:

Network
Provision of access to, and operation of, the Central Queensland  
Coal Network (CQCN). Provision of maintenance and renewal of  
Network assets.

Coal
Transport of coal from mines in Queensland and New South Wales  
to end customers and ports.

Bulk
Transport of bulk mineral commodities, agricultural products, mining 
and industrial inputs, and general freight throughout Queensland and 
Western Australia.

Other
Includes provision of maintenance services to internal and external 
customers and central costs not allocated such as Board, Managing 
Director & CEO, company secretary, strategy and investor relations.

54

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–191  Segment information (continued)

(b)  Segment information

Network
$m

Coal
$m

Bulk
$m

Other
$m

Total continuing 
operations
$m

30 June 2019

External revenue

Revenue from external customers

Services revenue

Track access

Freight transport

Other services

Other revenue

Total revenue from external customers

Internal revenue

Services revenue

Track access

Freight transport

Other services

Total internal revenue

Total revenue

Other income

Total revenue and other income

Internal elimination

Consolidated revenue and other income

Continuing EBITDA (Underlying)*

Depreciation and amortisation

Continuing EBIT (Underlying)*

EBIT*

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

* Refer to page 108 for Non-IFRS information

590.0

–

9.7

31.9

631.6

480.3

–

5.8

486.1

1,117.7

–

1,117.7

721.2

(320.9)

400.3

487.7

1,236.2

–

0.9

1,724.8

–

–

–

–

1,724.8

–

1,724.8

609.8

(194.7)

415.1

–

465.2

23.3

0.5

489.0

–

9.4

0.9

10.3

499.3

2.4

501.7

–

–

41.3

18.5

59.8

–

–

22.4

22.4

82.2

–

82.2

54.5

(17.2)

37.3

(13.9)

(9.8)

(23.7)

1,077.7

1,701.4

74.3

51.8

2,905.2

480.3

9.4

29.1

518.8

3,424.0

2.4

3,426.4

(518.8)

2,907.6

1,371.6

(542.6)

829.0

829.0

(147.1)

681.9

55

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  1  Segment information (continued)

(b)  Segment information (continued)

Network
$m

Coal
$m

Bulk
$m

Other
$m

Total continuing 
operations
$m

30 June 2018

External revenue

Revenue from external customers

Services revenue

Track access

Freight transport

Other services

Other revenue

Total revenue from external customers

Internal revenue

Services revenue

Track access

Freight transport

Other services

Total internal revenue

Total revenue

Other income

Total revenue and other income

Internal elimination

Consolidated revenue and other income

Continuing EBITDA (Underlying)*

Depreciation and amortisation

Continuing EBIT (Underlying)*

Significant adjustments (note 1(c))

EBIT*

Net finance costs

Loss before income tax from continuing operations

* Refer to page 108 for Non-IFRS information

581.5

–

7.3

37.7

626.5

585.6

–

6.6

592.2

1,218.7

–

1,218.7

788.6

(308.0)

480.6

598.1

1,207.8

0.2

0.6

1,806.7

–

–

6.5

6.5

1,813.2

–

1,813.2

611.2

(182.6)

428.6

–

590.5

24.9

0.4

615.8

–

1.6

0.7

2.3

618.1

–

618.1

75.2

(25.1)

50.1

–

–

36.9

26.8

63.7

–

–

27.1

27.1

90.8

–

90.8

(8.9)

(9.8)

(18.7)

1,179.6

1,798.3

69.3

65.5

3,112.7

585.6

1.6

40.9

628.1

3,740.8

–

3,740.8

(628.1)

3,112.7

1,466.1

(525.5)

940.6

25.7

966.3

(165.0)

801.3

56

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–191  Segment information (continued)

2  Revenue and other income

(c)  Significant adjustments
The Group’s underlying results differ from the statutory results. The 
exclusion of certain items permits a more appropriate and meaningful 
analysis of the Group’s underlying performance on a comparative basis.

2019  
$m

2018  
$m

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
The Group adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers from 1 July 2018. Aurizon recognises 
revenue from the provision of access to the CQCN and the 
provision of freight haulage services across Australia.

Bulk contract exit termination 
payment received

Bulk contract exit asset impairment

Bulk contract exit – redundancy and 
closure costs

Bulk impairment – Western Australia

Transformation – redundancy benefit

Total significant adjustments  
(continuing operations)

–

–

–

–

–

–

66.3

(27.9)

(3.9)

(31.7)

22.9

Services revenue

Track access

Freight transport

Other services

25.7

Other revenue

The Group derives the following types of revenue:

2019  
$m

2018  
$m

Current period
No significant adjustments from continuing operations have been 
recognised during the period.

Prior period
Significant adjustments from continuing operations recognised in 
the prior period includes $66.3 million other income and $3.9 million 
redundancy and closure costs relating to the early termination of the 
Cliffs iron ore contract and a redundancy benefit of $22.9 million relating 
to the release of a provision for train crew recorded as a significant item 
in the year ended 30 June 2017. Other significant items relating  
to impairment are disclosed in note 4.

For disclosure on the significant items relating to discontinued 
operations refer to note 24.

(d)  Customer disclosure
The nature of the Group’s business is that it enters into long-term 
contracts with key customers. Two customers each contribute more  
than 10% of the Group’s total revenue as detailed below:

Total revenue from continuing operations

2,905.2

Other income

2.4

Total revenue and other income from 
continuing operations

2,907.6

3,179.0

(a)   Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with 

customers

The Group derives revenue from the provision of services over time. 
Revenue is disaggregated by the Group’s segments, refer to note 1(b).

(b)  Contract assets and liabilities

(i)  Contract assets

The Group has not recognised any material contract assets at balance 
date (1 July 2018: $nil).

(ii)  Contract liabilities

The Group has recognised the following revenue-related contract liabilities:

1,077.7

1,701.4

74.3

51.8

1,179.6

1,798.3

69.3

65.5

3,112.7

66.3

Customer 1

Customer 2

Total

2019 
$m

488.7

405.9

894.6

2018 
$m

2019 
credit rating

2018 
credit rating

487.3

424.7

912.0

A

BBB+

A

BBB+

Current

Advances for freight transport

Advances for other services

Non-current

Advances for freight transport

Advances for other services

2019  
$m

1 July 
2018  
$m

1.8

26.4

28.2

3.9

161.1

165.0

1.2

26.0

27.2

2.7

183.1

185.8

Contract liabilities primarily represent amounts received from customers 
as advances for future track access under agreements for mine specific 
infrastructure. These amounts are deferred and earned over the term of 
the agreements using the output method as performance obligations are 
satisfied. $28.2 million of contract liabilities will be recognised in less than 
one year from balance date, $124.7 million within two to five years and 
$40.4 million in five years or over.

The reduction in contract liabilities primarily represents revenue 
recognised for prepayments for future access charges during the period.

57

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  2  Revenue and other income (continued)

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS 

(b)  Contract assets and liabilities

(iii)  Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities

The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the 
current reporting period relates to carried-forward contract liabilities.

Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability 
balance at the beginning of the year

Advances for freight transport

Advances for other services

2019  
$m

1.2

26.0

27.2

(iv)  Unsatisfied performance obligations

The Group has a number of long-term contracts to provide services to 
customers in future periods. The majority of revenues are recognised on 
an as invoiced basis, hence, the right to consideration from a customer 
corresponds directly with the entity’s performance completed to date. 

Long-term track access and freight transport contracts are considered 
by management to be a series of annual performance obligations 
that are satisfied within each financial year. Any amounts received as 
prepayments to provide access to the CQCN are recognised over the 
term of the access agreement as performance obligations are satisfied.
The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of AASB 
15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and does not disclose 
information on the transaction price allocated to performance  
obligations that are unsatisfied.

All other track access and freight transport contracts for periods of  
one year or less are billed monthly based on the services provided.  
As permitted under AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, 
the transaction price allocated to these unsatisfied performance 
obligations is not disclosed.

Take-or-Pay revenue 
The calculation of access Take-or-Pay revenue included in track 
access is based on an assessment of access charges from contracted 
railings that have not been operated by or for the relevant operator, 
subject to an adjustment for Aurizon Network (below rail) cause and 
force majeure events. The estimate of Take-or-Pay revenue is based 
on management’s judgement of below rail cause versus above rail 
operator/mine cancellations and is recognised in the year in which the 
contractual railings have not been achieved. Take-or-Pay revenue of 
$4.2 million has been recognised at 30 June 2019 (2018: $27.1 million).

Wiggins Island Rail Project (WIRP) Access Revenue
During the period, legal proceedings continued in relation to  
the notices received by the Group from the WIRP customers 
purporting to exercise a right under their WIRP Deeds to reduce 
their financial exposure in respect of payment of the WIRP fee,  
which is non-regulated. On 27 June 2019, the Supreme Court of 
Queensland ruled in the Group’s favour, however, on 25 July 2019, 
customers lodged an appeal challenging the decision of the  
Supreme Court. Due to the ongoing dispute, no revenue in respect  
of the WIRP fee has been recognised in the period.

Freight Transport Contract Modifications
Modifications to existing agreements where there is also a new 
agreement put in place are assessed based on the facts and substance 
of the individual contractual arrangements and will be accounted 
for as either combined or separate contracts in accordance with 
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. There is significant 
judgement exercised in determining if a modification to an existing 
agreement should be treated as a combined or separate contract. 
Judgement, including expected volumes to be railed in individual 
contract years and whether the contract price represents the market 
price in the respective contract period, is applied in determining 
contract assets or liabilities recorded. These judgements impact the 
timing of revenue recognition over the life of the individual contract.

(c) Recognition and measurement
The Group recognises revenue as the relevant performance obligations 
are satisfied. Revenue includes the provision of track access and freight 
transport services as described below.

(i)  Track access
Track access revenue is generated from the provision of access to, and 
operation of, the CQCN. Access revenue is recognised over time as the 
relevant performance obligations are satisfied, being the provision of 
access to the rail network.

A contract liability is recorded for revenue received in advance of 
satisfying a performance obligation and is subsequently recognised  
in profit and loss as the performance obligation is satisfied during the 
term of the contract.

Approved Access Undertaking
Track access revenue is recognised as track access is provided and is 
measured on a number of operating parameters including volumes hauled 
applied to regulator approved tariffs. The tariffs charged are determined 
with reference to the total allowable revenue, applied to the regulatory 
approved annual volume forecast for each system. At each balance date, 
track access revenue and receivables include an amount of revenue for 
which performance obligations have been met under the respective 
contract but have not yet settled. The Group has an unconditional right  
to receive this consideration once the performance obligation is satisfied 
and therefore a trade receivable is recognised for these amounts.

58

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
2 Revenue and other income (continued)

3  Expenses

Profit before income tax from continuing operations includes the 
following specific expenses:

(c) Recognition and measurement (continued)

(i)  Track access (continued)

Approved Access Undertaking (continued)
Where annual volumes railed are less than the regulatory forecast, 
Take-or-Pay may trigger. Take-or-Pay is recognised as a receivable in 
the year that the contractual railings were not achieved as the related 
performance obligations have been satisfied.

The majority of access revenue is subject to a revenue cap mechanism 
that serves to ensure the rail network recovers its system allowable 
revenue over the regulatory period. A revenue adjustment event results  
in the under or over recovery of regulatory access revenue (net of  
Take-or-Pay revenue) for a financial year being recognised in the 
accounting revenues in the second financial year following the event as 
per the Access Undertaking. If a Draft Amending Access Undertaking 
(DAAU) proposes a different treatment that is more probable to apply 
to a revenue adjustment event, the treatment per the DAAU is applied. 
Access revenue for the period has been recognised based on the 2017 
Access Undertaking, amended for the Reference Tariff Variation DAAU. 
Refer to key events and transactions during the reporting period for 
further information.

Employee benefits expense

Defined benefit superannuation expense

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Redundancies

Salaries, wages and allowances including on-costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangibles

Impairment losses*

Property, plant and equipment

Transitional Tariff Period
During the transitional period, revenue is determined based on the  
most relevant and reliable information available.

Intangibles

Inventory

(ii)  Freight transport
Freight transport revenue is recognised as the relevant performance 
obligations are satisfied over time, being the provision of freight 
transport services.

* Refer to note 4 for impairment information.

Finance expenses

Freight transport revenue is billed monthly in arrears and recognised 
at rates specified in each contractual agreement and adjusted for the 
amortisation of customer contract assets or liabilities. At each balance 
date, freight transport revenue includes an amount of revenue for which 
performance obligations have been met under the respective contract but 
have not yet settled. These amounts are recognised as trade receivables.

Interest and finance charges paid/payable

Provisions: unwinding of discount

Amortisation of capitalised borrowing 
transaction costs and AMTN 2 bond

Counterparty credit risk adjustments

Amount capitalised to qualifying assets

A contract modification is a separate contract if the scope of services is 
increased by distinct additional services and the total price increases by the 
market rate for those services over the remaining contract period. Where 
the distinct services do not indicate market prices, weighted-average 
contract rates are applied which may result in the recognition of a contract 
asset or liability that amortise over the term of the individual contract.

Modifications to existing agreements where there is also a new 
agreement put in place are assessed based on the facts and substance  
of the individual contractual arrangements and will be accounted for  
as either combined or separate contracts.

A contract liability is recorded for revenue received in advance of 
satisfying a performance obligation and is recognised over the term  
of the contract.

(iii)  Capitalisation of customer contract costs
Where incremental costs are incurred to secure new or extensions to 
existing customer contracts these costs are capitalised as a contract 
asset and amortised against revenue as the performance obligations  
are satisfied over time in the new contract.

Where an arrangement contains a significant financing component 
the transaction price is adjusted to reflect the effects of the financing 
component and a contract asset is recognised and amortised against 
revenue as the performance obligations are satisfied over time.

2019  
$m

2018  
$m

11.4

54.3

21.4

691.5

778.6

516.9

25.7

542.6

24.7

0.2

–

24.9

155.1

0.1

2.6

(3.9)

153.9

(3.9)

150.0

12.6

55.3

(3.9)

691.2

755.2

505.0

20.5

525.5

68.9

–

1.1

70.0

160.3

0.4

2.9

7.5

171.1

(2.8)

168.3

59

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

4  Impairment of non-financial assets

2019  
$m

2018  
$m

(ii)  Impairment of assets in exit of contracts ($27.9 million)
As a result of Cliffs closing mining operations in Western Australia  
and the termination of the rail haulage agreement with the Group  
in June 2018, an impairment charge of $27.9 million was recorded.

11.4

42.1

($4.6 million)

(iii)   Discontinued operation – Intermodal impairment  

Continuing operations

Bulk impairment

Asset impairment as a result of transfer to held 
for sale

Impairment of assets on exit of contracts

Discontinued operations

Intermodal impairment

Total impairment of non-financial assets

(a)  Impairment of non-financial assets 

Current period

13.5

–

24.9

25.1

50.0

–

27.9

70.0

4.6

74.6

(i)  Bulk impairment ($11.4 million) 
An impairment charge was recognised in respect of the Bulk East CGU 
using fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) methodology at 30 June 
2017 and 30 June 2018. The Bulk East CGU continued to be valued under 
FVLCD methodology during the period, and as a result, an impairment 
charge of $11.4 million in respect of additional sustaining capital 
expenditure has been recognised. The residual carrying value of property, 
plant and equipment as at 30 June 2019 is $45.8 million. This impairment  
has not been classified as a significant item.

(ii)   Asset impairment as a result of transfer to held for sale 

($13.5 million)

As a result of the transfer of assets to held for sale, an asset impairment 
of $13.5 million has been allocated to buildings ($9.8 million), 
infrastructure ($1.9 million) and plant and equipment ($1.8 million).  
This impairment has not been classified as a significant item.

(iii)   Discontinued operation – Intermodal impairment  

($25.1 million)

As a result of the sale of the Queensland Intermodal business an asset 
impairment of $25.1 million has been allocated to assets classified as held 
for sale ($22.8 million) and assets under construction ($2.3 million).

Prior period

(i)  Bulk impairment ($42.1 million) 

Western Australia ($31.7 million)
As a result of the cessation of the Cliffs iron ore contract earlier than 
expected, a review of the operating cash flows of the Western Australia 
CGU was completed at 30 June 2018. A pre-tax impairment charge of 
$31.7 million was recorded. The residual carrying value of the Western 
Australia CGU was $170.7 million.

Bulk East ($10.4 million)
At 30 June 2017, an impairment charge of $163.5 million was recorded 
in respect of the Bulk East CGU using a FVLCD methodology. An 
impairment charge of $10.4 million was recorded in respect of additional 
sustaining capital incurred during the prior period. This impairment was 
not classified as a significant item.

60 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

Due to the closure of Interstate Intermodal, an asset impairment  
of $4.6 million was recognised at 30 June 2018.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS 
The Group considers annually whether there have been any indicators 
of impairment and then tests whether non-current assets have 
suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy 
stated in note 9.

Cash generating units
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs for 30 June 2019 have been 
determined based on value in use calculations, except for Bulk East 
for which the recoverable amount is determined using FVLCD. The 
value in use is calculated based on a four-year Board approved 
corporate plan, a terminal growth rate of 2.0% per annum (2018: 2.2%) 
and a pre-tax discount rate ranging from 8.4% – 10.9% (2018: 8.8% – 
11.7%). The value in use calculations indicate headroom to the carrying 
value of the CGUs.

The Western Australia CGU was impaired in the prior period as a 
result of cessation of services to a key iron ore customer. The Western 
Australia CGU has a small number of customers and the value in 
use calculation is sensitive to changes in customer contractual 
arrangements. Should any major contracts not be renewed or the 
remaining iron ore customer either cease to operate before the 
expected end of mine life or be unable to comply with current 
contractual arrangements, it may result in a change to the impairment 
recorded for the CGU.

There is a risk that the judgements applied in relation to the terminal 
growth rate will be impacted by climate-related emerging risks which 
have been considered for impairment testing through sensitivity on 
terminal growth rates. There is also a risk that the assumptions made 
and growth rates applied don’t reflect the actual impact of climate-
related emerging risks in the future.

Individual non-current assets
Each period the Group is required to assess the recoverability of 
non-current assets. Each period the Enterprise Fleet Plan is reviewed. 
This is a 10-year plan and judgement has been applied to estimate 
forecast volumes and productivity, as well as the required level of 
contingent fleet, in determining the level of rollingstock required 
for the foreseeable future. Any changes to volumes, productivity, 
climate-related emerging risks or a change in management’s view as 
to the level of contingent fleet required, could result in impairment or 
reversal of previous impairment in the future. The application of this 
judgement will continue to be assessed at each reporting date.

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

5 Income tax

(a)  Income tax expense

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
This note provides an analysis of the Group’s income tax 
expense/benefit (including a reconciliation of income tax 
expense to accounting profit), deferred tax balances and 
income tax recognised directly in equity.

Differences between tax law and accounting standards 
result in non-temporary (permanent) and temporary 
(timing) differences between tax and accounting income. 
Current income tax expense is equal to net profit before 
tax multiplied by the applicable tax rate, adjusted for 
non-temporary differences. Temporary differences do 
not adjust income tax expense as they reverse over time. 
Until they reverse, a deferred tax asset or liability must be 
recognised on the balance sheet. This note also includes 
details of income tax recognised directly in equity.

The Group recognises a significant net deferred tax liability 
and a current cash tax position significantly lower than 
the applicable tax rate. This is primarily due to accelerated 
fixed asset tax depreciation and is common for entities 
operating in a capital intensive environment.

The tax treatment of impairments is dependent on the 
nature of the asset being impaired. As the current year 
impairment predominantly relates to tax depreciable 
assets (which continue to be used by the business), the 
impairment does not result in a tax deduction in the 
current year and will only be recognised for tax purposes 
when Aurizon disposes of the assets. Accordingly, the 
impairment will merely change the temporary difference 
(and associated deferred tax asset or liability) recognised 
in respect of the impaired asset.

Current tax

Deferred tax

Current tax relating to prior periods

Deferred tax relating to prior periods

Income tax expense/(benefit) is attributable to:

Profit from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operation (note 24(b))

Deferred income tax expense included in 
income tax expense comprises:

Increase in deferred tax assets (note 5(e))

Increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 5(f))

2019 
$m

127.6

73.4

(1.5)

1.3

200.8

208.6

(7.8)

200.8

(12.9)

87.6

74.7

2018 
$m

151.3

68.7

16.6

(17.0)

219.6

241.2

(21.6)

219.6

(8.5)

60.2

51.7

(b)   Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima 

facie tax payable

Profit before income tax expense from 
continuing operations

Loss before income tax expense from 
discontinued operation

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%)

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible 
(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Entertainment

Research and development

Non-assessable income

Capital losses not recognised

Other

Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

(c)   Amounts recognised directly in equity

Aggregate deferred tax arising in the reporting 
period and directly credited to equity

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

681.9

801.3

(4.6)

(98.7)

677.3

203.2

702.6

210.8

0.1

–

–

3.6

(5.9)

(0.2)

200.8

0.2

(0.7)

(0.3)

8.0

2.0

(0.4)

219.6

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

(1.6)

4.9

(d)   Tax expense/(benefit) relating to items of other 

comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

2019 
$m

(15.2)

2018 
$m

(3.9)

61

FINANCIAL REPORT  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

5  Income tax (continued)

(e)  Deferred tax assets

Total deferred tax assets

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions 

Net deferred tax assets

2019
$m

228.8

2018
$m

199.1

(228.8)

(199.1)

–

–

The table below outlines the temporary differences and movements in those temporary differences that comprise the deferred tax assets:

Movements

At 1 July 2018

(Charged)/credited

- to profit or loss

- to other comprehensive income

- directly to equity

At 30 June 2019

At 1 July 2017

(Charged)/credited 

– to profit or loss

– to other comprehensive income

– directly to equity

At 30 June 2018

(f)  Deferred tax liabilities

Total deferred tax liabilities

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions

Net deferred tax liabilities

Provisions/ 
accruals 
$m

Customer 
contracts 
$m

Unearned 
revenue 
$m

Financial 
instruments 
$m

121.3

14.7

(12.6)

(7.4)

–

–

108.7

130.8

(9.5)

–

–

121.3

–

–

7.3

22.5

(7.8)

–

–

14.7

11.9

0.3

–

–

12.2

–

11.9

–

–

11.9

41.9

28.0

15.2

–

85.1

24.2

13.8

3.9

–

41.9

Other 
$m

9.3

4.6

–

1.6

15.5

14.1

0.1

–

(4.9)

9.3

2019
$m

766.2

(228.8)

537.4

Total 
$m

199.1

12.9

15.2

1.6

228.8

191.6

8.5

3.9

(4.9)

199.1

2018
$m

678.6

(199.1)

479.5

The table below outlines the temporary differences and movements in those temporary differences that comprise the deferred tax liabilities:

Movements 

At 1 July 2018

Charged/(credited)

- profit or loss

At 30 June 2019

At 1 July 2017

Charged/(credited)

- profit or loss

At 30 June 2018

62

Non-
current 
assets
$m

642.3

69.5

711.8

Consumables 
and spares
$m

Accrued 
income 
$m

Financial 
instruments 
$m

Other 
$m

Total 
$m

1.2

(8.2)

(7.0)

1.7

0.7

2.4

33.6

(0.2)

678.6

25.7

59.3

(0.1)

(0.3)

87.6

766.2

588.3

5.2

2.6

22.1

0.2

618.4

54.0

642.3

(4.0)

1.2

(0.9)

1.7

11.5

33.6

(0.4)

(0.2)

60.2

678.6

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
 
5  Income tax (continued)

6  Earnings per share

(f)  Deferred tax liabilities (continued)

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS 
The deferred tax asset of $67.8 million, attributable to the impairment 
of the investment in an associate in FY16 has not been recognised 
as it is not considered probable that it will be recovered in the 
foreseeable future. The recoverability of the deferred tax asset is 
dependent on the sale of shares in the associate.

Recognition and measurement
The income tax expense or credit for the year is the tax payable on the 
current year’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate 
for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and 
liabilities attributable to temporary differences and unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax  
laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting year  
in the countries where the Group’s subsidiaries and associates operate 
and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates 
positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to  
be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on 
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they 
arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is  
also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the 
time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or 
loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting 
year and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax 
asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences 
and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally 
enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when  
the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  
Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has  
a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a  
net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

To the extent that an item is recognised in other comprehensive  
income or directly in equity, the deferred tax is also recognised in  
other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
Earnings per share (EPS) is the amount of post-tax profit 
attributable to each share.

(a)  Basic earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

Basic earnings per share attributable to the 
ordinary equity holders of the Company:

– continuing and discontinued operations

– continuing operations

2019 
Cents

2018 
Cents

23.9

23.8

24.0

27.8

(b)  Diluted earnings per share
Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners 
of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding after adjustment for the effects of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

Diluted earnings per share attributable to the 
ordinary equity holders of the Company:

– continuing and discontinued operations

– continuing operations

(c)   Weighted average number of shares  

used as denominator

Weighted average number of ordinary  
shares used as the denominator in  
calculating basic earnings per share

Adjustments for calculation of diluted EPS:

2019 
Cents

2018 
Cents

23.9

23.8

24.0

27.8

2019  
Number  
‘000

2018  
Number  
‘000

1,990,128

2,013,362

Rights

1,567

1,865

Weighted average number of ordinary 
and potential ordinary shares used as the 
denominator in calculating diluted EPS

1,991,695

2,015,227

63

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
 
Operating assets  
and liabilities

IN THIS SECTION

Operating assets and liabilities provides information about the 
working capital of the Group and major balance sheet items, 
including the accounting policies, judgements and estimates 
relevant to understanding these items.

7  Trade and other receivables 

8 

Inventories 

9  Property, plant and equipment 

10  Intangible assets 

11  Trade and other payables 

12  Provisions 

13  Other liabilities 

Page 65

Page 65

Page 66

Page 68

Page 69

Page 69

Page 70

64
64 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)7  Trade and other receivables

8  Inventories

Current

Trade receivables

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

Current

366.1

443.5

Raw materials and stores – at cost

Provision for impairment of receivables 

(5.8)

(27.7)

Work in progress – at cost

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

130.9

–

(13.7)

117.2

53.0

(12.8)

40.2

133.1

0.2

(15.2)

118.1

44.8

(15.7)

29.1

Provision for inventory obsolescence

Non-current

Raw materials and stores – at cost

Provision for inventory obsolescence

Recognition and measurement 
Inventories include infrastructure and rollingstock items held in 
centralised stores, workshops and depots. Inventories are measured 
at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined 
predominantly on an average cost basis.

Items expected to be consumed after more than one year are classified 
as non-current.

The provision for inventory obsolescence is based on assessments  
by management of particular inventory classes and relates specifically  
to infrastructure and rollingstock maintenance items. The amount of  
the provision is based on a proportion of the value of damaged stock, 
slow moving stock and stock that has become obsolete during the 
reporting period.

Net trade receivables

Other receivables*

360.3

121.5

481.8

415.8

123.5

539.3

*  Other receivables include revenue for services performed but not yet invoiced 
under contracts including external construction contracts, Take-or-Pay and  
annual GAPE fees.

The creation or release of the provision for impairment of receivables 
has been included in profit or loss. Amounts charged to the provision 
account are generally written off when there is no expectation of 
recovering additional cash. During the period, $21.9 million of the 
provision for impairment of receivables was released to profit or loss 
(2018: $0.5 million created) including $20.3 million for a customer as  
a result of an agreed settlement in the Supreme Court of Queensland  
on 31 July 2019.

Recognition and measurement
Trade receivables generally have credit terms ranging from seven to 
31 days. They are presented as current assets unless collection is not 
expected for more than 12 months after the reporting date.

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected 
credit losses prescribed by AASB 9 Financial Instruments, which requires 
the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables.

The Group’s debtors exhibit similar credit risk characteristics and 
exposure. Estimating the Group’s credit risk to debtors has focused 
largely on experienced payment history. The trade receivable balances 
disclosed are unsecured and represent the Group’s maximum exposure 
to credit risk. At the time of issuing the financial statements, the 
outstanding receivables have been paid in accordance with their  
credit terms without default.

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2016–17

65

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
 
9  Property, plant and equipment

Assets under 
construction 
$m

Land 
$m

Buildings 
$m

Plant and 
equipment 
$m

Rollingstock 
$m

Infrastructure 
$m

Total 
$m

2019

Opening net book amount

Additions

Transfers between asset classes

Disposals

Impairment*

Assets classified as held for sale

Depreciation**

Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2019

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

Net book amount

Owned

Leased

2018

Opening net book amount

Additions

Transfers between asset classes

Disposals

Impairment*

Assets classified as held for sale

Depreciation**

Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2018

Cost or fair value

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

Net book amount

Owned

Leased

275.3

467.6

(424.7)

–

(11.3)

(25.2)

–

281.7

126.5

–

0.6

(1.9)

–

13.7

–

138.9

231.3

–

64.0

(5.7)

(9.8)

5.9

(19.6)

266.1

327.6

–

41.3

(3.1)

(1.7)

(27.7)

(50.7)

285.7

2,231.7

–

128.6

(1.1)

(1.9)

(0.1)

(155.2)

2,202.0

5,467.5

8,659.9

–

192.3

(5.1)

(2.3)

1.1

(291.6)

467.6

2.1

(16.9)

(27.0)

(32.3)

(517.1)

5,361.9

8,536.3

281.7

138.9

520.2

655.3

5,165.2

7,644.2

14,405.5

–

281.7

281.7

–

281.7

184.8

502.4

(406.4)

–

(5.2)

(0.3)

–

275.3

–

138.9

113.4

25.5

138.9

(254.1)

266.1

264.0

2.1

266.1

159.7

273.5

–

(0.1)

(2.3)

–

(30.8)

–

126.5

–

(2.3)

(7.7)

(3.5)

(6.8)

(21.9)

231.3

(369.6)

285.7

285.7

–

285.7

377.0

–

20.6

(10.9)

(3.9)

(10.3)

(44.9)

327.6

(2,963.2)

(2,282.3)

(5,869.2)

2,202.0

5,361.9

8,536.3

2,202.0

–

973.4

4,388.5

4,120.2

4,416.1

2,202.0

5,361.9

8,536.3

2,329.2

5,510.8

8,835.0

–

131.5

(4.9)

(53.1)

(13.2)

(157.8)

2,231.7

–

263.6

(7.1)

(5.6)

(11.8)

502.4

6.9

(32.9)

(71.3)

(73.2)

(282.4)

(507.0)

5,467.5

8,659.9

275.3

126.5

499.4

756.8

5,081.0

7,468.6

14,207.6

–

275.3

275.3

–

275.3

–

126.5

102.7

23.8

126.5

(268.1)

231.3

223.2

8.1

231.3

(429.2)

(2,849.3)

(2,001.1)

(5,547.7)

327.6

327.6

–

327.6

2,231.7

2,231.7

–

2,231.7

5,467.5

8,659.9

975.8

4,491.7

5,467.5

4,136.3

4,523.6

8,659.9

*    Impairment of $27.0 million (2018: $71.3 million) includes impairment from continuing operations of $24.7 million (2018: $68.9 million) (note 3) and discontinued 

operations of $2.3 million (2018: $2.4 million) (note 24).

**  Depreciation of $517.1 million (2018: $507.0 million) includes depreciation from continuing operations of $516.9 million (2018: $505.0 million) (note 3) and discontinued 

operations of $0.2 million (2018: $2.0 million) (note 24).

66

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–199   Property, plant and equipment  

(continued)

Motor vehicles are depreciated using the diminishing value method 
(percentages range from 13.6% to 35.0%). Land and assets under 
construction are not depreciated.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS 

Depreciation
The Group estimates the useful lives and residual values of property, 
plant and equipment based on the expected period of time over 
which economic benefits from use of the asset will be derived. The 
Group reviews useful life assumptions on an annual basis having 
given consideration to variables including historical and forecast 
usage rates, technological advancements, climate-related emerging 
risks and changes in legal and economic conditions. Any change in 
useful lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment is 
accounted for prospectively. 

Recognition and measurement

(i) 

Initial recognition and measurement

Land, buildings, plant and equipment, rollingstock and assets  
under construction
Buildings, plant and equipment, and rollingstock are carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Non-corridor land owned by the Group and 
assets under construction are carried at cost. Cost includes expenditure 
that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset or the fair value 
of the other consideration given to acquire an asset at the time of its 
acquisition or construction. Costs attributable to assets under construction 
are only capitalised when it is probable that future economic benefits 
associated with the asset will flow to the Group and the costs can be 
measured reliably. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gains 
or losses on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of 
property, plant and equipment, and capitalised interest.

Corridor land owned by the State is leased to Aurizon Network Pty Ltd  
at a rental of $1 per year if demanded. The leases expire on 30 June 2109.

Leased coal infrastructure
Coal infrastructure assets are owned by (a) the State, with respect to the 
CQCN and (b) Queensland Rail, with respect to the North Coast Line (each 
referred to as the Infrastructure Lessor). Under each infrastructure lease 
the infrastructure is leased to Aurizon Network Pty Ltd, a wholly-owned 
subsidiary. The term of each lease is 99 years (at a rate of $1 per year), 
unless the Infrastructure Lessor exercises an option to extend its lease for 
a further 99 years. The notice period for the Infrastructure Lessor to renew 
or allow expiry of the lease is not less than 20 years prior to the end of the 
99-year term. This has been accounted for as a finance lease.

(ii)  Subsequent costs
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised 
as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and 
the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of 
any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognised when 
replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income 
statement during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

(iii)  Depreciation and amortisation
Assets are depreciated or amortised from the date of acquisition, or,  
in respect of internally constructed or manufactured assets, from the 
time an asset is completed and held ready for use.

Buildings, infrastructure, rollingstock, plant and equipment are 
depreciated using the straight-line method to allocate their costs,  
net of their residual values, over their estimated useful lives. 

The Group builds mine-specific infrastructure for customers and provides 
access to those clients under access facilitation deeds. Infrastructure 
controlled by the Group under these deeds is depreciated over the term 
of the deed, except where economic benefits are expected to flow to the 
Group after the end of the term of the deed.

The depreciation and amortisation rates used during the year were based 
on the following range of useful lives:

- Owned and leased infrastructure

- Buildings

- Rollingstock

- Plant and equipment

- Leased property

7–100 years

10–40 years

8–35 years

3–20 years

3–40 years

The depreciation and amortisation rates are reviewed annually and 
adjusted if appropriate. An asset’s carrying amount is written down to 
its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 
estimated recoverable amount.

(iv)  Derecognition
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised when it  
is disposed of or no future economic benefits are expected from its  
use or disposal. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by 
comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in  
the income statement.

(v)  Impairment of assets
Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which 
there are separately identifiable cashflows which are largely independent 
of the cashflows from other assets or groups of assets (CGUs).

The recoverable amount is the greater of an asset’s FVLCD and value 
in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cashflows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset.

Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. After the 
recognition of an impairment loss, the depreciation (amortisation) charge 
for the asset is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised 
carrying amount, less its residual value (if any), on a systematic basis 
over its remaining useful life. Impairment losses, if any, recognised in 
respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any 
goodwill allocated to CGUs and then to reduce the carrying amount of 
other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

Non-financial assets that have previously been impaired are reviewed for 
possible reversal of impairment at each reporting period.

67

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
 
10 Intangible assets

2019

Opening net book amount

Additions

Transfers

Amortisation expense*

Impairment charge**

Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2019

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book amount

2018

Opening net book amount

Additions

Transfers

Amortisation expense*

Impairment charge**

Closing net book amount

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book amount

Software 
$m

Key customer 
contracts 
$m

Software under 
development 
$m

126.6

–

57.5

(25.7)

(0.2)

158.2

344.1

(185.9)

158.2

123.0

–

26.1

(20.3)

(2.2)

126.6

291.1

(164.5)

126.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.0

(3.0)

–

–

0.5

–

(0.5)

–

–

3.0

(3.0)

–

46.0

32.3

(59.6)

–

–

18.7

18.7

–

18.7

47.0

32.0

(33.0)

–

–

46.0

46.0

–

46.0

Total 
$m

172.6

32.3

(2.1)

(25.7)

(0.2)

176.9

365.8

(188.9)

176.9

170.0

32.5

(6.9)

(20.8)

(2.2)

172.6

340.1

(167.5)

172.6

*    Amortisation of $25.7 million (2018: $20.8 million) includes amortisation from continuing operations of $25.7 million (2018: $20.5 million) (note 3) and discontinued 

operations of $nil (2018: $0.3 million) (note 24).

**  Impairment of $0.2 million (2018: $2.2 million) includes impairment from continuing operations of $0.2 million (2018: $nil) (note 3) and discontinued operations of  

$nil (2018: $2.2 million) (note 24).

Recognition and measurement 
(i)  Software and software under development
Costs incurred in developing products or systems and costs incurred 
in acquiring software and licenses that will contribute to future period 
financial benefits through revenue generation and/or cost reduction are 
capitalised to software and systems. Costs capitalised include external 
direct costs of materials and service, employee costs and an appropriate 
portion of relevant overheads.

Software under development costs include only those costs directly 
attributable to the development phase and are only recognised following 
completion of technical feasibility and where the Group has an intention 
and ability to use the asset.

Software has a finite useful life and is carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method 
over the estimated useful life which varies from three to 11 years.

68

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
11  Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

297.5

109.2

406.7

247.7

28.1

275.8

Other payables includes a payable of $81.3 million (including GAPE) 
in respect of the overcollection of access revenue which will be repaid 
based on FY19 volumes railed. Refer to key events and transactions 
during the reporting period for further information.

Recognition and measurement
Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services 
provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. 
The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 45 days or within 
the terms agreed with the supplier.

12  Provisions

Current

Employee benefits (a)

Provision for insurance claims

Litigation and workers compensation provision 

Other provisions*

Non-current

Employee benefits (a)

Litigation and workers compensation provision

Decommissioning/make good

Land rehabilitation

Other provisions*

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

234.7

1.4

33.6

3.3

273.0

12.6

10.9

3.0

34.2

2.2

62.9

244.1

3.9

24.9

39.3

312.2

15.7

11.2

3.0

37.4

14.9

82.2

Total provisions

335.9

394.4

(a)   Employee benefits 

Annual leave

Long service leave

Other**

2019 
$m

55.4

110.5

81.4

247.3

2018 
$m

55.1

113.6

91.1

259.8

*   Other provisions in 2018 included provisions for Intermodal closure costs.

**   Included in other employee benefits are short-term incentive plans, retirement 

allowances, and termination benefits. As well as payroll tax on leave and  
short-term incentive plans.

The current provision for employee benefits includes accrued annual 
leave, leave loading, retirement allowances, long service leave, short-term 
incentive plans and redundancy provision. Included in long service leave 
are all unconditional entitlements where employees have completed 
the required period of service and also a provision for the probability 
that employees will reach the required period of service. Based on past 
experience, the Group does not expect all employees to take the full 
amount of accrued leave or require payment within the next 12 months. 
The current provision for employee benefits includes an amount of  
$90.6 million (2018: $91.9 million) that is not expected to be taken or 
paid within the next 12 months.

Details of employee benefits

(i)   Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and 
accumulating annual leave and leave loading that are expected to be 
settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which 
the employees render the related service, are recognised in respect 
of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are 
measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are 
settled. The short-term employee benefit obligations are recognised  
in the provision for employee benefits.

(ii)   Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liabilities for retirement allowance and long service leave that are 
not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the 
period in which the employees render the related service, are measured 
as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect 
of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period 
using the projected unit credit method. Remeasurements as a result 
of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
recognised in profit or loss.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if 
the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at 
least 12 months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual 
settlement is expected to occur. Benefits falling due more than 12 months 
after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.

(iii)  Short-term incentive plans
The Group recognises a liability for short-term incentive plans based 
on a formula that takes into consideration the Group and individual 
key performance indicators. The Group recognises a provision where 
contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created  
a constructive obligation.

(iv)  Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when the Group decides to terminate 
the employment, or when an employee accepts redundancy in exchange 
for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at 
the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer 
withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the Group recognises 
costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of AASB 137 Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and involves the payment  
of termination benefits. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after 
the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.

69

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
12  Provisions (continued)

(v)  Superannuation
The Group pays an employer subsidy to the Government Superannuation 
Office in respect of employees who are contributors to the Public Sector 
Superannuation (QSuper) scheme.

Employer contributions to the QSuper Defined Benefit Fund are 
determined by the State of Queensland Treasurer having regard to advice 
from the State Actuary. The primary obligation to fund the defined 
benefits obligations are that of the State. However, the Treasurer has 
the discretion to request contributions from employers that contribute 
to the defined benefit category of QSuper. No liability is recognised for 
accruing superannuation benefits as this liability is held on a whole of 
Government basis and reported in the whole of Government financial 
statements. The State Actuary performs a full actuarial valuation of the 
assets and liabilities of the fund at least every three years. The latest 
valuation was completed as at 30 June 2018 and the State Actuary 
found the fund was in surplus from a whole of Government perspective. 
In addition, from late 2007, the Defined Benefit Fund was closed to new 
members so any potential future deficit would be diluted as membership 
decreases. Accordingly, no liability/asset is recognised for the Group’s 
share of any potential deficit/surplus of the QSuper Defined Benefit 
Fund. The State of Queensland has provided Aurizon with an indemnity 
if the Treasurer requires Aurizon to pay any amounts required to meet 
any potential deficit/surplus. The indemnity is subject to Aurizon not 
taking any unilateral action, other than with the approval of the State that 
causes a significant increase in unfunded liabilities.

The Group also makes superannuation guarantee payments into 
the QSuper Accumulation Fund (Non-Contributory) and QSuper 
Accumulation Fund (Contributory) administered by the Government 
Superannuation Office and to other complying Superannuation Funds 
designated by employees nominating Choice of Fund.

Recognition and measurement
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the 
amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for 
future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best 
estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at 
the reporting date. The pre-tax discount rates for employee benefits are 
based on Australian corporate bond rates and range between 1.5% and 
2.7% (2018: 2.5% and 3.9%).

To measure the estimated costs to remediate contaminated land an 
inflation rate of 1.9% (2018: 2.6%) has been applied, based on remediation 
dates ranging between five to 40 years. A weighted average discount 
rate of 2.0% (2018: 3.3%) has been used in determining present value, 
based on the interest rate which reflects the maturity profile of the 
liability. The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time 
is recognised in finance costs.

The provision for insurance claims is raised for insurance claims external 
to the Group and represents the aggregate deductible component 
in relation to loss or damage to property, plant and equipment and 
rollingstock.

A provision is made for the estimated liability for workers’ compensation 
and litigation claims. Claims are assessed separately for common law, 
statutory and asbestos claims. Estimates are made based on the average 
number of claims and average claim payments over a specified period of 
time. Claims Incurred But Not Reported are also included in the estimate.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised by the Group when the 
unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed 
the expected economic benefits to be received. It is measured at the 
present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required 
to settle the present obligation at the reporting period.

13  Other liabilities

Current

Contract liabilities

Income received in advance

Other current liabilities

Non-current

Contract liabilities

Income received in advance

Other non-current liabilities

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

28.2

36.7

10.2

75.1

165.0

–

40.0

205.0

–

81.0

5.4

86.4

–

183.1

35.4

218.5

Income received in advance primarily represents deposits received.

Contract liabilities primarily represent amounts received from customers 
as advances for future track access under agreements for mine specific 
infrastructure. These amounts are deferred and earned over the term of 
the agreements as performance obligations are satisfied.

On adoption of AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on  
1 July 2018, $27.2 million (current) and $185.8 million (non-current)  
was reclassified to contract liabilities. Refer to note 2 and note 32  
for further information.

70

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

Capital and financial  
risk management

IN THIS SECTION

Capital and financial risk management provides information 
about the capital management practices of the Group and 
shareholder returns for the year and discusses the Group’s 
exposure to various financial risks, explains how these affect  
the Group’s financial position and performance and what the 
Group does to manage these risks.

14  Capital risk management 

15  Dividends 

16  Equity and reserves 

17  Borrowings 

18  Financial risk management 

19  Derivative financial instruments 

Page 72

Page 72

Page 72

Page 74

Page 74

Page 80

FINANCIAL REPORT  

71

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)14 Capital risk management

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
The Group’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base so 
as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and 
to sustain future development of the business.

The Group and the Company monitor its capital structure by 
reference to its gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net 
debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total 
borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is 
total equity plus net debt. There were no changes in the 
Group’s approach to capital and financial risk management 
during the year. Refer to note 18 for further details.

Total borrowings

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

Notes

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

17

3,369.8

3,501.9

(25.2)

(34.8)

3,344.6

3,467.1

4,677.4

4,730.1

8,022.0

41.7%

8,197.2

42.3%

The gearing ratio excludes the impact of financial derivative asset and 
liabilities (refer note 19). Aurizon Network Pty Ltd gearing ratio is 69.9% 
(2018: 69.7%).

(c)  Franked dividends
The franked portions of the final dividends recommended after  
30 June 2019 will be franked out of existing franking credits or  
out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax  
in the period ending 30 June 2020.

Franking credits available for subsequent 
reporting periods based on a tax rate of 30% 
(2018: 30%)

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

64.9

71.5

The above amounts are calculated from the balance of the franking 
account as at the end of the reporting period, adjusted for franking 
credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision 
for income tax.

16 Equity and reserves

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
Issued capital represents the amount of consideration 
received for securities issued by Aurizon.

When the Company purchases its own shares, as a result 
of the share-based payment plans and share buy-back, 
the consideration paid, including any directly attributable 
incremental costs (net of income taxes), is recognised 
directly in equity.

(a)  Contributed equity

(i) 

Issued capital

15 Dividends

(a)  Ordinary shares

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 
2019 of 11.4 cents 70% franked (2018: 14.0 cents 
50% franked) per share, paid 25 March 2019

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2018 
of 13.1 cents 60% franked (2017: 8.9 cents 50% 
franked) per share, paid 24 September 2018

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

Ordinary shares
– fully paid

2019 
Shares 
‘000

2018 
Shares 
‘000

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

1,990,128

1,990,128

906.6

906.6

226.9

279.5

(ii)  Movements in ordinary share capital

260.7

487.6

182.6

462.1

Details

At 1 July 2017

On-market share buy-back

Number 
of shares 
‘000

$m

2,051,745

1,206.6

(61,617)

(300.0)

1,990,128

1,990,128

906.6

906.6

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a 
limited amount of authorised capital. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to 
participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company 
in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

(b)   Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2019

Since 30 June 2019, the Directors have 
recommended the payment of a final dividend 
of 12.4 cents per fully paid ordinary share  
70% franked (2018: 13.1 cents 60% franked). 
The aggregate amount of the proposed 
dividend expected to be paid on 23 September 
2019 out of retained earnings, but not 
recognised as a liability at year end is:

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

246.8

260.7

72

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–1916 Equity and reserves (continued)

(b)  Reserves

Balance at 1 July 2018

Fair value losses taken to equity

Fair value losses transferred to property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax

Other comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Share-based payments expense

Employee share trust to employees

Deferred tax

Balance at 30 June 2019 

Balance at 1 July 2017

Fair value losses taken to equity

Fair value losses transferred to property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax

Other comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Buy-back of ordinary shares

Share-based payments expense

Employee share trust to employees

Deferred tax

Balance at 30 June 2018 

Share 
of an 
associate’s 
OCI
$m

(1.8)

Notes

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

29(b)

Cash flow 
hedges 
$m

Share- 
based 
payments 
$m

Capital 
reserves 
$m

Total 
$m

(11.2)

(52.2)

1.6

15.2

(35.4)

–

–

–

5.6

3,467.5

3,460.1

–

–

–

–

(7.2)

(0.6)

1.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(52.2)

1.6

15.2

(35.4)

(7.2)

(0.6)

1.6

(1.8)

(46.6)

(0.6)

3,467.5

3,418.5

Share 
of an 
associate’s 
OCI
$m

(1.8)

Notes

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

29(b)

Cash flow 
hedges 
$m

Share- 
based 
payments 
$m

Capital 
reserves 
$m

Total 
$m

(2.1)

(13.1)

0.1

3.9

(9.1)

–

–

–

–

9.1

3,467.8

3,473.0

–

–

–

–

–

3.9

(2.5)

(4.9)

5.6

–

–

–

–

(0.3)

–

–

–

(13.1)

0.1

3.9

(9.1)

(0.3)

3.9

(2.5)

(4.9)

3,467.5

3,460.1

(1.8)

(11.2)

Nature and purpose of reserves

Cash flow hedges
The hedging reserve is used to record the effective portion of gains or 
losses on hedging instruments that are designated cash flow hedges and 
are recognised in other comprehensive income. Amounts are recognised 
in the income statement when the associated hedged transaction affects 
the income statement.

Share-based payments
Share-based payments represent the fair value of share-based 
remuneration provided to employees.

Capital reserves
Capital reserves represents capital contributions from Queensland  
State Government pre-IPO less cumulative share buy-backs charged  
to this account.

73

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  17  Borrowings

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
The Group borrows money through bank debt facilities and 
through the issuance of debt securities in capital markets. 

The carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings is as follows:

Current – Unsecured

Bank debt facilities

Non-current – Unsecured

Medium-term notes

Bank debt facilities

Capitalised borrowing costs 

Total borrowings

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

149.0

149.0

100.0

100.0

2,670.0

560.0

2,552.1

860.0

(9.2)

(10.2)

3,220.8

3,401.9

3,369.8

3,501.9

The Group’s bank debt facilities contain financial covenants. Both the 
bank debt facilities and medium-term notes contain general undertakings 
including negative pledge clauses which restrict the amount of security 
that the Group can provide over assets in certain circumstances. The 
Group has complied with all required covenants and undertakings 
throughout the reporting period.

The Group manages its exposure to interest rate risk as set out in  
note 18(a). Risk is managed in accordance with Board approved  
Treasury Policies.

In November 2018 Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of the Group) cancelled existing bank debt syndicated facilities and 
replaced them with bilateral bank debt facilities totalling $450.0 million 
expiring in November 2023.

Details of the Group’s financing arrangements and exposure to risks 
arising from current and non-current borrowings are set out in note 18(c).

Recognition and measurement 

(i)  Borrowings 
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using 
the effective interest rate method.

Interest costs are calculated using the effective interest rate method. The 
effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future 
cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial 
instrument. Interest is accrued monthly and paid on maturity.

Establishment costs have been capitalised and are amortised over the 
life of the related borrowing less one year, with the expectation that 
borrowings will be refinanced within the year prior to maturity.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 
months after the reporting year and the Group does not expect to repay 
within 12 months.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation 
specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.

(ii)  Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs which are directly attributable to the construction of a 
qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required 
to complete the asset for its intended use. The capitalisation rate used 
to determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised is the 
weighted average interest rate applicable to the Group’s outstanding 
borrowings, excluding working capital facilities, during the year of 4.6% 
(2018: 4.5%).

18 Financial risk management

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
Exposure to market risk (including foreign currency risk and 
interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk arises in the 
normal course of the Group’s business. A central treasury 
department oversees financial risk under Board approved 
Treasury Policies that cover specific areas related to these 
exposures, as well as the use of derivative and non-derivative 
financial instruments.

Compliance with the Board approved Treasury Policies is 
monitored on an ongoing basis, including regular reporting 
to the Board. Trading for speculation is prohibited.

(a)  Market risk

Market risk is the risk that adverse movements in foreign exchange  
and/or interest rates will affect the Group’s financial performance or 
the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The Group monitors 
and measures market risk relative to risk limits established in the Board 
approved Treasury Policies. The objective of risk management is to 
manage the market risks inherent in the business to protect profitability 
and return on assets.

(i)  Foreign exchange risk

Exposure to foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises from commercial transactions and 
recognised assets and liabilities that are denominated in or related to  
a currency that is not the Group’s functional currency. The Group’s 
foreign exchange exposure relates largely to the Euro (€) denominated 
medium-term note borrowings issued in September 2014 (EMTN 1)  
and June 2016 (EMTN 2). The Group also has exposure to movements  
in foreign currency exchange rates through anticipated purchases of 
parts and equipment.

Risk management

Cross currency interest rate swap agreements
To mitigate the risk of adverse movements in foreign exchange  
and interest rates in relation to borrowings denominated in foreign 
currency, the Group enters into cross currency interest rate swap  
(CCIRS) agreements through which it replaces the related foreign 
currency principal and interest liability payments with Australian  
Dollar principal and interest payments. These cross currency interest  
rate swap agreements are designated into cash flow and fair value  
hedge relationships.

74

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
 
18  Financial risk management (continued)

(a)  Market risk (continued)

(i)  Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

Foreign exchange contracts
The Group uses forward contracts to manage its foreign exchange  
risk arising from anticipated purchases of parts and equipment.  
These contracts are hedging highly probable forecast foreign currency 
exposures and are denominated in the same currency as the highly 
probable future purchases. The forward contracts are designated as cash 
flow hedges and are timed to mature when foreign currency payments 
are scheduled to be made. Realised gains or losses on these contracts 
arise due to differences between the spot rates on settlement and the 
forward rates of the derivative contracts.

At the reporting date, the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk  
after taking into consideration hedges of foreign currency borrowings 
and forecast foreign currency transactions is not considered material.

(ii)  Interest rate risk

Exposure to interest rate risk
The Group holds both interest bearing assets and interest bearing 
liabilities, and therefore the Group’s income and cash flows are subject  
to changes in market interest rates.

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings 
which expose the Group to interest rate risk. 

At reporting date, the Group has exposure to the following variable rate 
borrowings and interest rate swaps:

Risk management
The Group manages cash flow interest rate risk by using interest rate 
swaps. CCIRS have been put in place to remove any exposure to Euro 
interest rates and associated foreign exchange from the EMTN issuances 
which in effect convert the debt to variable AUD.

Interest rate swaps currently in place cover approximately 99% (2018: 
81%) of the variable rate exposure. The weighted average maturity of 
outstanding swaps is approximately 2.7 years (2018: 3.0 years).

The International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) agreements 
held with counterparties allow for the netting of payments and receipts 
with respect to settlements for interest rate swap transactions.

During the year, the net realised loss arising from interest rate hedging 
activities for the Group was $2.2 million (2018: $4.9 million) as a result 
of market interest rates closing lower than the average hedged rate. The 
total realised loss represents the effective portion of the hedges which 
have been recognised in interest expense.

(iii)  Sensitivity on interest rate risk
The following table summarises the gain/(loss) impact of interest rate 
changes, relating to existing borrowings and financial instruments, on net 
profit and equity before tax. The effect on equity is based on the financial 
instruments notional principal. For the purpose of this disclosure, 
sensitivity analysis is isolated to a 100 basis points increase/decrease in 
interest rates, assuming hedge designations and effectiveness and all 
other variables remain constant.

30 June 2019

30 June 2018

Weighted 
average 
interest 
rate 
%

Weighted 
average 
interest 
rate 
%

Balance 
$m

Balance 
$m

4.5

2,197.8

4.4

2,448.8

100 bps movement 
in interest rates

100 bps decrease in 
interest rates

100 bps increase in 
interest rates

4.3

(2,175.0)

4.2

(1,975.0)

22.8

473.8

Variable rate 
exposure

Interest rate 
swaps (including 
debt credit 
margins)

Net exposure to 
interest rate risk

 Effect on profit 
 (before tax)

 Effect on equity 
 (before tax)

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

0.2

4.7

(34.2)

(46.7)

(0.2)

(4.7)

33.6

45.2

75

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  18 Financial risk management (continued)

(a)  Market risk (continued)

(iv)  Effects of hedge accounting on the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statement
The impact of hedging instruments designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated balance sheet of the Group is as follows:

Cash flow hedges

Foreign exchange risk

Forward contracts

Forward contracts

Interest rate risk

Interest rate swaps*

Foreign exchange and interest rate risks

CCIRS – EMTN 1

CCIRS – EMTN 2

Fair value hedges

Foreign exchange and interest rate risks

CCIRS – EMTN 1

CCIRS – EMTN 2

Interest rate risk

Interest rate swaps

  Notional amount

Carrying amount assets/
(liability) refer to note 19 

Change in fair value  
used for measuring 
ineffectiveness for the year

2019

2018

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

US$11.0m

US$26.0m

€13.0m

€14.0m

0.5

0.3

A$2,175.0m

A$1,975.0m

(49.1)

€500.0m

€500.0m

€500.0m

€500.0m

0.9

(4.3)

1.2

0.5

4.3

1.2

(3.8)

€500.0m

€500.0m

€500.0m

€500.0m

150.7

49.4

101.0

(16.9)

(0.7)

(0.2)

(53.4)

(0.3)

(0.5)

44.3

62.8

–

A$425.0m

–

3.3

(3.3)

1.4

0.7

(7.1)

2.4

9.2

49.4

54.2

3.4

*  Excludes $1,250.0 million of forward dated interest rate swaps entered into commencing on expiry of current interest rate swaps.

The impact of hedged items designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated balance sheet is as follows:

Cash flow hedges (before tax)

Foreign exchange risk

Firm commitments

Interest rate risk

Forecast floating interest payments

Foreign exchange and interest rate risks

EMTN 1

EMTN 2

Cash flow hedge reserve* 

Change in fair value used for 
measuring ineffectiveness 
for the year 

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

(0.8)

(1.7)

0.9

49.1

4.7

13.8

(4.3)

53.4

6.5

15.6

0.3

0.5

(2.1)

7.1

(2.4)

(9.2)

*   Cash flow hedge reserve includes the cumulative impact of cross currency basis relating to EMTN 1 and EMTN 2 of $19.1 million for the year ended 30 June 2019  

(2018: $23.5 million).

76

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
18  Financial risk management (continued)

(a)  Market risk (continued)

(iv)   Effects of hedge accounting on the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statement (continued)

Fair value hedges (before tax)

Interest rate risk

AMTN 2**

Foreign exchange and interest rate risks

EMTN 1

EMTN 2

Total borrowings (subject to fair value hedges)

*  Carrying amount excludes the effect of discounts.

Carrying amount*

Accumulated fair value 
adjustment

Change in fair value  
used for measuring 
ineffectiveness for the year

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

–

(429.0)

–

(4.0)

–

(4.0)

(870.9)

(847.4)

(1,718.3)

(1,718.3)

(826.6)

(784.6)

(1,611.2)

(2,040.2)

(160.3)

(69.2)

(229.5)

(229.5)

(116.0)

(6.4)

(122.4)

(126.4)

(44.3)

(62.8)

(107.1)

(107.1)

(49.4)

(54.2)

(103.6)

(107.6)

**  The AMTN 2 fair value hedge was terminated on 11 February 2019. The accumulated fair value adjustment included in the carrying amount of the AMTN 2 bond as at  

30 June 2019 is $11.9 million (2018: $4.0 million). The accumulated fair value adjustment will be recognised over the remaining term of the AMTN 2 bond.

The above hedging relationships affected other comprehensive income 
as follows: 

Cash flow hedges (before tax)
Foreign exchange risk
Forward contracts

Interest rate risk
Interest rate swaps

Foreign exchange and interest rate risk
CCIRS

Hedging gain/(loss)  
recognised in  
comprehensive income

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

(0.8)

(53.4)

3.6
(50.6)

2.0

(7.1)

(7.9)
(13.0)

There was no material ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges and  
fair value hedges recognised in the consolidated income statement 
during the year.

(b)  Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or 
counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative 
financial instruments, deposits with financial institutions and receivables 
from customers.

The maximum exposure to credit risk, excluding the value of any 
collateral or other security, at balance date to recognised financial 
assets, is the carrying amount, net of any provisions for impairment of 
those assets, as disclosed in the balance sheet and notes to the financial 
statements. Credit risk further arises in relation to financial guarantees 
received from certain parties.

Historically, there has been no significant change in customers’ credit 
risk and the lifetime expected loss assessment of the Group remains 
unchanged. The Group considers the probability of default upon initial 
recognition of asset and whether there has been a significant increase in 
credit risk on an ongoing basis throughout the reporting period. To assess 
whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, the Group compares 
the risk of a default occurring on the asset as at the reporting date 
with the risk of default as at the date of initial recognition. It considers 
available reasonable and supportive forward-looking information.  
The following indicators are considered:

 › External credit rating (as far as available)
 › Actual or expected significant adverse changes in business, financial or 
economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant change to 
the borrower’s ability to meet its obligations

 › Significant changes in the value of the collateral supporting the obligation 

or in the quality of third-party guarantees or credit enhancements

 › The financial position of customers, past experience and other factors 

(macroeconomic information)

The Group does not have any material credit risk exposure to any single 
receivable or group of receivables under financial instruments entered 
into by the Group. For some trade receivables, the Group may obtain 
security in the form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking or letters of 
credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in default under  
the terms of the agreement. Refer to note 18(d) for further details.

The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of services are 
only made to customers with an appropriate credit profile or where 
appropriate security is held. If customers are independently rated, these 
ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, the credit 
quality of the customer is assessed, taking into account its financial 
position, past experience and other factors.

Credit risk on cash transactions and derivative contracts is managed 
through the Board approved Treasury Policies which restricts  
the Group’s exposure to financial institutions by credit rating band. The 
Treasury Policies limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial 
institution. The Group’s net exposures and the credit ratings of its 
counterparties are regularly monitored.

77

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
18  Financial risk management (continued) 

(c)  Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities. The Group’s approach 
to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, sufficient liquidity is available to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed 
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

Financing arrangements 
The Group has access to the following arrangements at the end of the reporting year:

Aurizon Finance

Working capital facility

Syndicated facility**

Syndicated facility**

Bilateral facility

Aurizon Network

Working capital facility

Syndicated facility 

Syndicated facility 

AMTN 1

AMTN 2***

EMTN 1****

EMTN 2****

Total Group financing arrangements

Security

Maturity

Utilised*

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

Facility limit
2019 
$m

2018 
$m

Unsecured

Dec-20

84.3

Unsecured

Jul-19

Unsecured

Jul-20

Unsecured

Nov-23

–

–

90.0

174.3

70.2

100.0

–

–

170.2

Unsecured

Dec-20

82.6

52.1

Unsecured

Jul-21

470.0

490.0

Unsecured

Oct-22

Unsecured

Oct-20

Unsecured

Jun-24

Unsecured

Sept-24

Unsecured

Jun-26

–

525.0

425.0

710.6

778.2

270.0

525.0

425.0

710.6

778.2

150.0

–

–

450.0

600.0

100.0

490.0

500.0

525.0

425.0

710.6

778.2

150.0

300.0

300.0

–

750.0

100.0

490.0

500.0

525.0

425.0

710.6

778.2

2,991.4

3,250.9

3,528.8

3,528.8

3,165.7

3,421.1

4,128.8

4,278.8

* 

 Amount utilised includes bank guarantees of $17.9 million (2018: $22.3 million) but excludes capitalised borrowing costs of $9.2 million (2018: $10.2 million) and 
discounts on medium-term notes of $10.3 million (2018: $13.1 million).

**   In November 2018 Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group) cancelled existing bank debt syndicated facilities and replaced them with bilateral 

bank debt facilities totalling $450.0 million expiring in November 2023.

***  The AMTN 2 fair value hedge was terminated on 11 February 2019. Amount utilised excludes an accumulated fair value adjustment of $11.9 million (2018: $4.0 million) 

which will be recognised over the remaining term of the AMTN 2 bond.

**** Amount utilised also excludes accumulated fair value adjustments of $160.3 million (2018: $116.0 million) for EMTN 1 and $69.2 million (2018: $6.4 million) for EMTN 2.

Within the working capital facilities, the Group has access to financial accommodation arrangements totalling $250.0 million (2018: $250.0 million) 
which may be utilised in the form of short-term working capital funding and the issuance of bank guarantees. At the end of the reporting period, the 
Group utilised $17.9 million (2018: $22.3 million) for financial bank guarantees.

The Group has complied with externally imposed debt covenants during the 2019 and 2018 reporting periods.

78

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
18  Financial risk management (continued) 
(c)  Liquidity risk (continued) 
The following table summarises the contractual timing of undiscounted cash flows, including estimated interest payments, of financial liabilities and 
derivative instruments, expressed in AUD. The contractual amount assumes current interest rates and foreign exchange rates estimated using forward 
curves applicable at the end of the reporting period.

2019
Non-derivatives
Trade payables
Borrowings*
Financial guarantees

Derivatives
Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange contracts

- (inflow)
- outflow

2018

Non-derivatives

Trade payables 

Borrowings*

Financial guarantees

Derivatives

Interest rate swaps

Foreign exchange contracts

- (inflow)

- outflow

Less  
than  
1 year 
$m

Between 
1 and 5 
years
$m

Over 5 
years
$m

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$m

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities*
$m

406.7
123.0
17.9
547.6

20.1
–
(0.5)
0.2
19.8

275.8

251.0

22.3

549.1

1.3

–

(1.1)

–

0.2

–
2,004.9
–
2,004.9

–
1,582.6
–
1,582.6

30.4
–
–
–
30.4

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

406.7
3,710.5
17.9
4,135.1

50.5
–
(0.5)
0.2
50.2

406.7
3,173.1
–
3,579.8

49.1
(0.8)
–
–
48.3

275.8

275.8

1,883.7

2,135.3

4,270.0

3,420.4

–

–

22.3

–

1,883.7

2,135.3

4,568.1

3,696.2

(9.2)

(0.6)

–

–

0.2

(9.0)

–

–

–

(0.6)

(8.5)

–

(1.1)

0.2

(9.4)

7.6

(1.7)

–

–

5.9

*  Borrowings include the effect of CCIRS derivatives which have a carrying amount of $196.7 million (non-current asset) (2018: $102.2 million non-current asset and 

$20.7 million non-current liability).

(d)  Fair value measurements
The fair value of cash, cash equivalents and non-interest bearing financial 
assets and liabilities approximates their carrying value due to their short 
maturity. The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an 
active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) are determined 
using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use 
of observable market data where available and rely as little as possible 
on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value 
an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2.

The Group measures and recognises the following assets and liabilities  
at fair value on a recurring basis:

The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts has been determined 
as the unrealised gain/(loss) at balance date by reference to market  
rates. The fair value of interest rate swaps has been determined as the  
net present value of contracted cashflows.

These values have been adjusted to reflect the credit risk of the Group 
and relevant counterparties, depending on whether the instrument is  
a financial asset or a financial liability. The existing exposure method,  
which discounts estimated future cash flows to present value using  
credit adjusted discount factors after counterparty netting arrangements, 
has been adopted for both forward foreign exchange contracts and 
interest rate swaps.

 › Forward foreign exchange contracts
 › Interest rate swaps
 › CCIRS

The fair value of CCIRS has been determined as the net present value of 
contracted cash flows. The future probable exposure method is applied 
to the estimated future cash flows to reflect the credit risk of the Group 
and relevant counterparties.

79

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  18  Financial risk management (continued) 

(d)  Fair value measurements (continued)
The fair value of non-current borrowings is estimated by discounting the 
future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rates that 
are available to Aurizon for similar financial instruments. For the period 
ended 30 June 2019, the borrowing rates were determined to be between 
1.8% to 4.2%, depending on the type of borrowing (2018: 2.7% to 4.5%).

On 25 January 2017, as a residual obligation under the project documents 
with Moorebank Intermodal Company (MIC) Aurizon provided a Parent 
Company Guarantee (PCG) in favour of MIC in relation to 50% of the cost 
to complete construction of the Terminal Works and 25% of the contract 
sum for design and construction of the Rail Access. The estimated 
maximum exposure under the guarantee is $70.8 million (2018: $85.6 
million), however Aurizon has obtained a 100% cross indemnity guarantee 
from Qube Holdings Ltd in respect of any call under the Aurizon PCG.

The maximum exposure to credit risk, excluding the value of any 
collateral or other security, at balance date to recognised financial  
assets, is the carrying amount, net of any provisions for impairment  
of those assets, as disclosed in the balance sheet and notes to the 
financial statements.

Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by 
valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 › Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical 

assets or liabilities

Carrying 
amount

Notes

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

 › Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

Fair value
2019 
$m

2018 
$m

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices)  
or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

 › Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable 

market data (unobservable inputs) 

During the year, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and 
Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

2019

Derivative financial assets

Derivative financial 
liabilities

Net financial instruments 
measured at fair value

2018

Derivative financial assets

Derivative financial 
liabilities

Net financial instruments 
measured at fair value

Notes

Level 1 
$m

Level 2 
$m

Level 3 
$m

19

19

19

19

–

–

–

–

–

–

197.5

(49.1)

148.4

112.1

(21.3)

90.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
$m

197.5

(49.1)

148.4

112.1

(21.3)

90.8

19  Derivative financial instruments

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
A derivative is a type of financial instrument typically used 
to manage risk. A derivative’s value changes over time in 
response to underlying variables such as exchange rates 
or interest rates and is entered into for a fixed period. The 
Group holds derivative financial instruments to economically 
hedge its foreign currency and interest rate exposures in 
accordance with the Board approved Treasury Policies  
(refer to note 18).

Financial assets 
carried at fair value
Foreign exchange 
contracts

Interest rate swaps

CCIRS – EMTN 1

CCIRS – EMTN 2

Financial assets carried  
at amortised cost
Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade and other 
receivables

Financial liabilities 
carried at fair value

Interest rate swaps

CCIRS – EMTN 2

Financial liabilities carried  
at amortised cost
Trade and other 
payables

Borrowings

Off-balance sheet

Unrecognised financial 
assets
Third party 
guarantees

Bank guarantees

Insurance company 
guarantees

Unrecognised 
financial liabilities

Bank guarantees

80

19

19

19

19

7

19

19

0.8

–

151.6

45.1

197.5

1.7

8.2

102.2

–

112.1

0.8

–

151.6

45.1

197.5

1.7

8.2

102.2

–

112.1

25.2

34.8

25.2

34.8

481.8

507.0

539.3

574.1

481.8

507.0

539.3

574.1

(49.1)

–

(49.1)

(0.6)

(20.7)

(21.3)

(49.1)

–

(49.1)

(0.6)

(20.7)

(21.3)

11

(406.7)

(406.7)
17 (3,369.8) (3,501.9) (3,510.9)

(275.8)

(275.8)

(3,641.2)

(3,776.5) (3,777.7)

(3,917.6)

(3,917.0)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

19.1

290.7

20.8

220.9

1.5

4.8

(17.9)

(22.3)

293.4

224.2

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
19  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Current assets

Foreign exchange contracts

Non-current assets

Interest rate swaps

Foreign exchange contracts

CCIRS – EMTN 1

CCIRS – EMTN 2

Total derivative financial instrument assets

Non-current liabilities

Interest rate swaps

CCIRS – EMTN 2

Total derivative financial instrument liabilities

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

0.8

1.3

–

–

151.6

45.1

196.7

197.5

8.2

0.4

102.2

–

110.8

112.1

(49.1)

–

(49.1)

(0.6)

(20.7)

(21.3)

(a)  Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
The following table presents the recognised financial instruments that are offset, or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and other 
similar agreements but not offset, as at 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2018. The column ‘net amount‘ shows the impact on the Group’s balance sheet  
if all set-off rights were exercised.

Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet

Related amounts not offset

Gross amounts 
$m

Gross amounts  
set-off in the 
balance sheet
$m

Net amounts
presented in the 
balance sheet
$m

Amounts subject  
to master netting
arrangements
$m

Net amount*
$m

2019

Financial assets

Derivative financial instruments

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

2018

Financial assets

Derivative financial instruments

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

* No financial instrument collateral.

197.5

(49.1)

112.1

(21.3)

–

–

–

–

197.5

(49.1)

112.1

(21.3)

–

–

(4.5)

4.5

197.5

(49.1)

107.6

(16.8)

81

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

19   Derivative financial instruments 

(continued)

(a)   Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 

(continued)

Master netting arrangement
Derivative transactions are administered under ISDA Master Agreements. 
Under the terms of these agreements, where certain credit events 
occur (such as default), the net position owing/receivable to a single 
counterparty in the same currency will be taken as owing and all the 
relevant arrangements terminated. As the Group does not presently have 
a legally enforceable right of set-off between different transaction types, 
these amounts have not been offset in the balance sheet, but have been 
presented separately in the table above.

Recognition and measurement
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative 
contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair 
value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent 
changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as 
a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of the cash flows 
of recognised assets and liabilities, and highly probable forecast 
transactions (cash flow hedges). The Group has established a 100% 
hedge relationship against the identified exposure, therefore the hedge 
ratio is 1:1.

At inception, the Group documents the relationship between hedging 
instruments and hedged items, the risk management objective and the 
strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. At inception and on 
an ongoing basis, the Group documents its assessment of whether the 
derivatives used in hedging transactions have been, and will continue to 
be, highly effective in offsetting future cashflows of hedged items. Hedge 
effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, 
and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure 
that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and 
hedging instrument. The Group enters into hedge relationships where 
the critical terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms 
of the hedged item, and so a qualitative assessment of effectiveness is 
performed. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged 
item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical 
terms of the hedging instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical 
derivative method to assess effectiveness.

The fair values of derivative financial instruments used for hedging 
purposes are disclosed in this section. The full fair value of a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the 
remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months. It is 
classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity  
of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

 Cash flow hedge

(i) 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that 
are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other 
comprehensive income, and accumulated in reserves in equity limited 
to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item on a present 
value basis from the inception of the hedge. Ineffectiveness is recognised 
on a cash flow hedge where the cumulative change in the designated 
component value of the hedging instrument exceeds on an absolute 
basis the change in value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged 
risk. Ineffectiveness may arise where the timing of the transaction 
changes from what was originally estimated or differences arise between 
credit risk inherent within the hedged item and the hedging instrument. 
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss within other income or other expense.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the 
periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. However, when  
the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity  
are reclassified from equity and included in the initial measurement of 
the cost or carrying amount of the asset.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a 
hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative 
gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is 
recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in 
profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, 
the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately 
reclassified to profit or loss.

If the hedge ratio for risk management purposes is no longer optimal 
but the risk management objective remains unchanged and the hedge 
continues to qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship will be 
rebalanced by adjusting either the volume of the hedging instrument or 
the volume of the hedged item so that the hedge ratio aligns with the 
ratio used for risk management purposes. Any hedge ineffectiveness 
is calculated and accounted for at the time of the hedge relationship 
rebalancing.

(ii)   Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify 
as fair value hedges are recorded in the profit or loss, together with 
any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are 
attributable to the hedged risk.

The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps 
hedging fixed rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within 
finance costs, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged fixed 
rate borrowings attributable to interest rate risk. The gain or loss relating 
to the ineffective portion is recognised in the profit or loss within other 
income or other expenses. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for 
hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged 
item for which the effective interest method is used is amortised to the 
profit or loss over the period to maturity using a recalculated effective 
interest rate.

8282

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2017–18AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Group structure

IN THIS SECTION

Group structure provides information about particular  
subsidiaries and associates and how changes have  
affected the financial position and performance of the Group.

20  Associates and joint arrangements 

21  Material subsidiaries 

22  Parent disclosures 

23  Deed of cross guarantee 

24  Discontinued operation 

25  Assets classified as held for sale 

Page 84

Page 84

Page 85

Page 86

Page 88

Page 89

FINANCIAL REPORT  

83

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)20  Associates and joint arrangements

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
Associates are all entities over which the Group has 
significant influence but not control or joint control. 
Investments in associates and joint arrangements are 
accounted for using the equity method of accounting  
after initially being recognised at cost.

Non-current assets

Interest in joint ventures (b)

(a)  Investments in associates

The Group has an interest in the following associates:

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

2.8

3.2

Ownership interest

Name

Aquila Resources 
Limited*

Country of 
operation

2019  
%

2018  
%

Principal 
activity

Australia

15

15

Exploration 
and mining

*  Aquila Resources Limited is accounted for as an associated company because the 
Group has significant influence primarily through representation on its Board of 
Directors.

(b)  Investments in joint ventures
The Group has an interest in the following joint ventures, which are equity 
accounted, contributed $0.1 million to the Group results, have net assets 
of $2.8 million and are not considered material to the Group.

Ownership interest

Name

Country of 
operation

2019  
%

2018  
%

Principal 
activity

Chun Wo/CRGL

China-Hong Kong

17

17 Construction

Recognition and measurement
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially 
recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s  
share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit  
or loss, and the Group’s share of movements in other comprehensive 
income of the investee in other comprehensive income. The cumulative 
post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount 
of the investment. Dividends received or receivable from associates and 
joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of  
the investment.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds 
its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured long-term 
receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has 
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

The carrying amount of equity accounted investments is tested for 
impairment in accordance with the policy described in note 9(v). 
The recoverable amount of the investment in Aquila is dependent on 
judgements made in relation to the long-term foreign exchange rates, 
metallurgical coal prices, iron ore prices and the timing of development  
of Aquila’s mining projects and is $nil.

21 Material subsidiaries

The Group’s material subsidiaries that were controlled during the year 
and prior years are set out below:

Name of entity

Aurizon Operations Limited

Interail Australia Pty Ltd

Australia Eastern Railroad Pty Ltd

Australia Western Railroad Pty Ltd

Aurizon Network Pty Ltd

Aurizon Property Pty Ltd

Aurizon Terminal Pty Ltd

Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd

Country of 
incorporation

Equity 
holding
%

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Bermuda

50

50

Insurance

Iron Horse Insurance Company Pte Ltd

Singapore

Australia

Australia

14

15

14

15

Consulting

Dormant

Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and 
liabilities of all subsidiaries of the Group as at reporting date and the 
results of all subsidiaries for the year.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which 
the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with  
the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power  
to direct the activities of the entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group and de-consolidated from the date that control 
ceases. Transactions between continuing and discontinued operations are 
treated as external from the date that the operation was discontinued.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions 
between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.

ARG Risk 
Management 
Limited

Integrated 
Logistics 
Company Pty Ltd

ACN 169 052 288

84

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–1921 Material subsidiaries (continued) 

Changes in ownership interests
When the Group ceases to have control, joint control or significant 
influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair  
value with the change in carrying amount recognised in the profit  
or loss. This fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the 
purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an 
associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts 
previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of 
that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of 
the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income are classified to profit or loss.

If the ownership interest in a joint venture or an associate is reduced 
but joint control or significant influence is retained, only a proportionate 
share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive 
income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.

22 Parent disclosures

The parent and ultimate parent entity within the Group is Aurizon 
Holdings Limited.

(a)  Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the 
following aggregate amounts:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Contributed equity

Retained earnings

Reserves

Total equity

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

2019  
$m

40.9

2018  
$m

61.1

6,086.1

6,093.9

6,127.0

6,155.0

(42.4)

(61.1)

(1,724.8)

(1,726.6)

(1,767.2)

(1,787.7)

4,359.8

4,367.3

906.6

906.6

2.0

1.7

3,451.2

3,459.0

4,359.8

4,367.3

487.9

487.9

462.9

462.9

The parent entity has several employees. All costs associated with these 
employees are borne by a subsidiary of the parent entity and are not 
included in the above disclosures.

(b)  Guarantees entered into by the parent entity
There are cross guarantees given by Aurizon Holdings Limited and its 
subsidiaries as listed in note 23.

(c)  Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity did not have any material contingent liabilities as at  
30 June 2019 (2018: $nil). For information about guarantees given by  
the parent entity, please see above.

(d)   Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, 

plant and equipment

As at 30 June 2019, the parent entity did not have any contractual 
commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment  
(2018: $nil).

Recognition and measurement
The financial information for the parent entity, Aurizon Holdings Limited, 
has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial 
statements, except as set out below.

(i) 

 Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint 
venture entities

Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities are 
accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Aurizon Holdings 
Limited. Dividends received from associates are recognised in the parent 
entity’s income statement, rather than being deducted from the carrying 
amount of these investments.

(ii)  Tax consolidation legislation
Aurizon and its wholly-owned Australian entities elected to form a tax 
consolidation group with effect from 22 November 2010 and are therefore 
taxed as a single entity. The head entity of the tax consolidated group is 
Aurizon Holdings Limited.

The head entity, Aurizon Holdings Limited, and the controlled entities in 
the tax consolidated group account for their own current and deferred 
tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax 
consolidated group continues to be a stand-alone taxpayer in its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Aurizon also 
recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets 
arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from 
controlled entities in the tax consolidation group.

The entities have also entered into tax sharing and tax funding agreements. 
The tax funding agreement sets out the funding obligations of members 
of the tax consolidated group in respect of income tax amounts. The tax 
funding arrangements require payments to the head entity equal to the 
current tax liability assumed by the head entity. In addition, the head entity 
is required to make payments equal to the current tax asset or deferred tax 
asset arising from unused tax losses and tax credits assumed by the head 
entity from a subsidiary member.

These tax funding arrangements result in the head entity recognising a 
current inter-entity receivable/payable equal in amount to the tax liability/
asset assumed.

The tax sharing agreement limits the joint and several liability of the 
wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity.

(iii)  Employee benefits (share-based payments)
The grant by the Company of rights over its equity instruments to the 
employees of subsidiaries are treated as a capital contribution to that 
subsidiary. The fair value of employee services received, measured by 
reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting 
period as an increase to investment in the corresponding subsidiaries.

85

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  Statement of comprehensive income

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

–  change in the foreign currency translation 

reserve

–  changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges

–  income tax relating to components  

of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year,  
net of tax

2019  
$m

2018  
$m

499.1

835.7

(0.2)

5.0

(0.1)

0.2

(1.5)

(0.1)

3.3

–

Total comprehensive income for the year

502.4

835.7

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings

Retained earnings/(losses) at the beginning 
of the financial year

Profit for the year

Dividends provided for or paid

Retained earnings at the end of the  
financial year

93.8

499.1

(279.8)

835.7

(487.6)

(462.1)

105.3

93.8

23 Deed of cross guarantee

Aurizon Holdings Limited, Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd, Aurizon Property 
Holding Pty Ltd, Aurizon Property Pty Ltd, Aurizon Terminal Pty Ltd, 
Aurizon Operations Limited, Aurizon Intermodal Pty Ltd, Logistics 
Australasia Pty Ltd, Aurizon Resource Logistics Pty Limited, Interail 
Australia Pty Ltd, Australian Rail Pty Ltd, Australia Eastern Railroad Pty 
Ltd, Australia Western Railroad Pty Ltd and Australian Railroad Group 
Employment Pty Ltd are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee, under 
which each company guarantees the debts of the others. By entering 
into the cross guarantee, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved 
from the requirement to prepare separate financial and directors’ reports 
under ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies)  
Instrument 2016/785.

(a)   Consolidated statement of profit or loss, statement of 
comprehensive income and summary of movements in 
consolidated retained earnings

The Aurizon Deed Parties represent the ‘closed group’ for the purposes 
of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the cross 
guarantee that are controlled by Aurizon Holdings Limited, they also 
represent the ‘extended closed group’.

Income statement

Revenue from operations

Other income

Employee benefits expense

Consumables

2019  
$m

2018  
$m

2,456.5

2,781.9

221.7

663.8

(658.2)

(694.2)

(1,128.8)

(1,366.3)

Depreciation and amortisation expense

(224.0)

(234.7)

Impairment losses

Other expenses

Share of net profits of associates and joint 
venture partnership accounted for using the 
equity method

Finance income

Finance expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

(50.0)

7.4

(74.6)

(112.5)

0.1

3.1

(8.5)

619.3

(120.2)

499.1

0.8

2.8

(14.3)

952.7

(117.0)

835.7

86

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–1923 Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

(b)  Consolidated balance sheet
The balance sheet of the parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee at each reporting date is presented below.

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Other assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Other financial assets*

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Other liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Provisions

Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

20.8

517.9

89.4

0.8

4.8

108.4

742.1

28.6

–

11.3

441.3

88.2

0.7

3.4

108.0

652.9

22.5

2.0

3,221.3

3,285.7

79.8

93.5

8.6

2.8

77.6

148.4

–

3.2

1,222.4

1,222.9

4,657.0

4,762.3

5,399.1

5,415.2

378.4

305.7

67.0

40.9

191.2

48.7

3.8

49.0

61.3

244.3

56.4

12.7

730.0

729.4

87.9

3.1

59.5

44.0

194.5

924.5

99.4

–

63.3

50.4

213.1

942.5

4,474.6

4,472.7

906.6

906.6

3,462.7

3,472.3

105.3

93.8

4,474.6

4,472.7

* Other financial assets represent investments in entities outside of the deed group.

87

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  24 Discontinued operation

(a)  Description
On 14 August 2017, the Group announced its intention to exit the 
Intermodal business through a combination of closure and sale.  
The three-stage exit comprises the Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal, 
Queensland Intermodal and Interstate Intermodal. The Intermodal 
business is disclosed as a discontinued operation.

Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal
The Group signed a binding agreement with Pacific National on  
28 July 2017 to sell its Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal for  
$205.0 million, of which a $35.0 million non-refundable deposit  
was received in advance. The transaction is subject to approval  
by the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC)  
and Foreign Investment & Review Board (FIRB).

The ACCC opposed the sale on 19 July 2018 and commenced 
proceedings against Aurizon and Pacific National in the Federal Court. 
On 15 May 2019, the Federal Court rejected the allegations by the ACCC 
that the proposed sale contravened section 45 and section 50 of the 
Commonwealth’s Competition and Consumer Act (2010). On 27 June 
2019 the ACCC sought to appeal the Federal Court’s decision in relation 
to the contravention of section 50 of the Act (but not the Federal Court’s 
decision in relation to section 45). On 18 July 2019, Aurizon and Pacific 
National filed notices of cross-appeal. The appeal and cross-appeal will 
be heard by the Full Federal Court in due course.

The Group remains committed to exiting the Acacia Ridge Intermodal 
Terminal and on this basis has continued to classify the Acacia Ridge 
Intermodal Terminal as held for sale and a discontinued operation as  
at 30 June 2019.

Queensland Intermodal
The agreement entered between the Group and a consortium of Linfox 
and Pacific National dated 14 August 2017 was terminated by Aurizon  
on 13 August 2018 and $10.0 million received in advance was refunded.

The Group signed a binding agreement with Linfox to sell the 
Queensland Intermodal business on 12 October 2018 for a sale price 
of $7.3 million. Under the agreement Aurizon retains the Intermodal 
locomotive fleet and train crew and will provide Linfox rail linehaul 
services. Completion of the sale occurred on 31 January 2019.

Interstate Intermodal
The Interstate Intermodal business ceased operating on 23 December 2017.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS
Aurizon remains committed to exiting the Intermodal business and 
on this basis has continued to classify the Acacia Ridge Intermodal 
Terminal as a discontinued operation and held for sale at 30 June 2019.

(b)  Financial performance and cash flow information

Financial information relating to the discontinued operation is set out 
below which includes the Acacia Ridge Intermodal Terminal for the full 
period, Queensland Intermodal for the period to 31 January 2019 and 
finalisation of the closure of Interstate Intermodal.

Revenue and other income

Employee benefits expense

Energy and fuel

Track access

Consumables

Depreciation and amortisation *

Impairment losses **

Other expenses

Net finance costs

2019 
$m

123.1

(31.2)

(6.1)

(8.7)

2018 
$m

225.4

(79.6)

(19.1)

(35.1)

(58.4)

(134.5)

(0.2)

(25.1)

1.9

0.1

(2.3)

(4.6)

(48.9)

–

Loss before income tax

(4.6)

(98.7)

Income tax benefit

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations 
after tax

7.8

3.2

Net cash (outflow) from operating activities

(25.4)

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing 
activities

11.1

–

21.6

(77.1)

(25.1)

54.6

–

Net (decrease)/increase in cash generated by 
the discontinued operations

(14.3)

29.5

*    Includes $0.2 million depreciation (2018: $2.0 million) and $nil amortisation 

expense (2018: $0.3 million).

**   Includes $22.8 million of assets classified as held for sale (2018: $nil),  
$2.3 million property, plant and equipment (2018: $2.4 million) and  
$nil intangible assets (2018: $2.2 million).

88

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–1924 Discontinued operation (continued)

(c)  Significant items
Significant items are those items where their nature and amount is considered material to the financial statements. Items related to discontinued 
operations included within the Group’s profit are detailed below:

Significant items

Intermodal closure benefits/(costs)

Intermodal impairment expense

Redundancy benefit/(expense)

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

13.2

(25.1)

0.5

(61.0)

(4.6)

(9.1)

(11.4)

(74.7)

Current period
Intermodal closure benefits include gain on sale of assets in the period and release of contract exit cost provisions recognised in the prior period of 
$13.2 million. Significant items also include asset write downs of $25.1 million and a redundancy benefit of $0.5 million as a result of the sale of the 
Queensland Intermodal business.

Prior period
Intermodal closure costs include contract, lease and supplier exit costs of $61.0 million, redundancy expense of $9.1 million and asset write downs of 
$4.6 million.

(d)  Assets and liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale
The following assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale and included in assets classified as held for sale (note 25).

Assets classified as held for sale

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Total assets of disposal group held for sale

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Employee benefit obligations

Net assets classified as held for sale

25 Assets classified as held for sale

Property, plant and equipment*

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Total assets held for sale

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

36.7

6.2

–

42.9

78.6

26.3

1.2

106.1

(0.7)

42.2

(12.7)

93.4

2019 
$m

90.0

15.3

3.1

2018 
$m

80.5

26.3

1.2

108.4

108.0

*  

 Movement in property, plant and equipment held for sale includes $32.3 million net transfers from property, plant and equipment, partly offset by $22.8 million  

of impairment as a result of a reduction to fair value.

Assets classified as held for sale at 30 June 2019 include the rail grinding assets subject to the business sale agreement signed between the Group  
and Loram Pty Ltd on 12 June 2019. Refer to key events and transactions for the reporting period for further information.

Recognition and measurement
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction, 
rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and FVLCD, 
except for assets such as deferred tax assets; assets arising from employee benefits; financial assets; and investment property that are carried at fair 
value and contractual rights under insurance contracts which are specifically exempt from this requirement.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. 
Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.

89

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT  Other notes

IN THIS SECTION

Other notes provide information on other items which require 
disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and 
other regulatory pronouncements however are not considered 
critical in understanding the financial performance or position of 
the Group.

26   Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows 

Page 91

27  Related party transactions 

28  Key Management Personnel compensation 

29  Share-based payments 

30  Remuneration of auditors 

31  Summary of other significant accounting policies 

32  Changes in accounting policies 

Page 92

Page 92

Page 92

Page 93

Page 94

Page 96

90
90 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)26  Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows

(a)   Reconciliation of net cash inflow from operating activities to profit from continuing operations

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of non-financial assets

Finance expenses

Non-cash employee incentive (benefits)/expense

Net loss on sale of assets

Share of profits of associates and joint ventures

Net exchange differences

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Decrease/(Increase) in trade and other receivables

(Increase) in inventories

(Increase)/Decrease in other operating assets

Increase/(Decrease) in trade and other payables

(Decrease) in other liabilities

(Decrease)/Increase in current tax liabilities

Increase in deferred tax liabilities

(Decrease) in provisions 

Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations

(b)   Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities to financing cash flows

2019 
$m

473.3

542.6

24.9

150.0

(7.2)

2.8

(0.1)

1.3

49.5

(13.1)

(10.2)

87.2

(17.8)

(31.2)

94.7

(30.6)

1,316.1

2018 
$m

560.1

525.5

70.0

168.3

3.9

4.7

(0.8)

0.3

(90.4)

(2.8)

1.9

(17.9)

(32.8)

40.3

90.7

(13.3)

1,307.7

Balance as at 1 July 2018

Financing cash flows**

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Other changes in fair values

Other non-cash movements

Balance as at 30 June 2019

Balance as at 1 July 2017

Financing cash flows**

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Other changes in fair values

Other non-cash movements

Balance as at 30 June 2018

Current
borrowings

Non-current
borrowings

$m

$m

(100.0)

(49.0)

–

–

–

(3,401.9)

302.4

(46.4)

(72.3)

(2.6)

(149.0)

(3,220.8)

(79.0)

(21.0)

–

–

–

(3,297.2)

8.8

(90.6)

(20.0)

(2.9)

Liabilities 
held to 
hedge
borrowings*

$m

(21.3)

–

10.6

(38.4)

–

(49.1)

(70.7)

–

45.3

4.1

–

Assets held  
to hedge
borrowings*

$m

Total

$m

110.4

(3,412.8)

(11.5)

241.9

35.8

62.1

–

196.8

73.6

–

45.3

(8.5)

–

–

(48.6)

(2.6)

(3,222.1)

(3,373.3)

(12.2)

–

(24.4)

(2.9)

(100.0)

(3,401.9)

(21.3)

110.4

(3,412.8)

*  Assets and liabilities held to hedge borrowings exclude foreign exchange contracts included in note 19.

**  Financing cash flows consists of the net amount of proceeds from borrowings, repayment of borrowings, payments of transaction costs related to borrowings and 

proceeds from settlement of derivatives in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

91

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)FINANCIAL REPORT   
27  Related party transactions

29  Share-based payments

(a)   Transactions with Directors and Key Management 

Personnel

There were no Key Management Personnel (KMP) related party 
transactions during the year (2018: nil).

(b)  Transactions with other related parties
There were no transactions with other related parties during the  
year (2018: nil).

(c)   Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties 

other than Key Management Personnel or entities 
related to them and intra group transactions

All other transactions were made on normal commercial terms and 
conditions and at market rates, except that there are no fixed terms  
for the repayment of loans between the parent and its subsidiaries.  
All loans are non interest bearing. Outstanding balances are unsecured.

28   Key Management Personnel 

compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Long-term benefits

Share-based payments

2019  

$’000

2018  

$’000

9,493

8,769

297

47

1,932

11,769

290

96

2,159

11,314

Short-term employee benefits include cash salary, at risk performance 
incentives and fees, non-monetary benefits and other short-term 
benefits. Non-monetary benefits represent the value of Reportable 
Fringe Benefits for the respective Fringe Benefits Tax year ending  
31 March, motor vehicle lease payments and annual leave accrued or 
utilised during the financial year. Other short-term benefits include  
sign-on bonus and relocation assistance.

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
The share-based payments schemes described in this section 
were established by the Board of Directors to provide long-
term incentives to the Group’s senior executives based on 
shareholder returns taking into account the Group’s financial 
and operational performance. Eligible executives may be 
granted rights on terms and conditions determined by the 
Board from time to time. The fair value of rights granted 
under the schemes is recognised as an employee benefits 
expense with a corresponding increase in equity.

(a)  Performance rights plan
Performance rights are granted by the Company for nil consideration. 
Participation in the plan is at the Board’s discretion so that no individual 
has a contractual right to be awarded rights under the plan or to receive 
any guaranteed benefits. Each right is a right to receive one fully-paid 
ordinary share in Aurizon Holdings Limited at no cost if the vesting 
conditions are satisfied. Rights granted under the plan carry no dividend 
or voting rights.

The Board will determine the exercise price payable on exercise of a 
vested right and the exercise period of a right. The Board may, in its 
discretion, determine that early vesting of a right will occur if there is a 
takeover bid, scheme of arrangement or some other change of control 
transaction of the Group. The Board may also accelerate the vesting of 
some or all of the rights held by an executive in specified circumstances. 
These include but are not limited to death, total and permanent 
disablement, or cessation of employment.

The share-based payment schemes are described as follows:

Short-term Incentive Award (STIA) 

A portion of any STIA for the Managing Director & CEO as well as the 
executive management team will be awarded in rights to ordinary shares 
and 40% is deferred for a period of one year. The rights will vest after 
one year and become exercisable provided that the executive remains 
employed by the Group at the vesting date, unless otherwise determined 
by the Board.

Long-term Incentive Award (LTIA)
Performance rights are granted to senior executives as part of the 
Group’s LTIA. The first grant of LTIA rights was in November 2010.  
The rights are subject to employment service conditions and satisfying 
market based performance hurdles of Total Shareholder Return (TSR), 
non-market based Operating Ratio (OR) and Return on Invested Capital 
(ROIC). In 2017, the OR hurdle was removed as a Company hurdle. 

Retentions
At the Board’s discretion, eligible executives may be granted retention 
rights that may vest at the end of the specified retention period or 
project provided that the executive remains employed by the Group  
at the vesting date.

92

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–1929   Share-based payments (continued)
(a)  Performance rights plan (continued)

Retentions (continued) 

Set out below are summaries of rights granted under the plans:

Balance 
at start of 
the year 
Number 
‘000

Granted 
during 
the year 
Number 
‘000

Exercised 
during 
the year 
Number 
‘000

Forfeited 
during 
the year 
Number 
‘000

Balance 
at end of 
the year 
Number 
‘000

2019

STIAD

LTIA

Retentions

Total

2018

STIAD

LTIA

Retentions

105

11,655

25

11,785

–

10,462

25

546

2,950

263

3,759

105

3,982

–

(105)

–

546

–

(3,926)

10,679

(25)

–

263

(130)

(3,926)

11,488

–

–

105

(486)

(2,303)

11,655

–

–

25

Total

10,487

4,087

(486)

(2,303)

11,785

At 30 June 2019, there were no vested but unexercised rights (2018: nil).

The weighted average exercise price of rights granted during the year was 
$nil (2018: $nil), as the rights have no exercise price. The weighted average 
share price at the date of exercise for rights exercised during the period 
was $4.32 (2018: $5.22). The weighted average remaining contractual life 
of share rights outstanding at 30 June 2019 was 1.2 years (2018: 1.4 years).

Fair value of rights granted
In determining the fair value, market techniques for valuation were 
applied in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based payments. The fair 
value of the portion of Short-term Incentive Award deferred (STIAD) 
and the portion of LTIA rights, that are subject to non-market based 
performance conditions, were $4.21 and $3.40 (2018: STIAD $5.01 and 
LTIA $4.27) respectively, determined by the share price at grant date 
less an adjustment for estimated dividends payable during the vesting 
period. The fair value of the LTIA rights subject to the TSR market based 
performance condition has been calculated using the Monte-Carlo 
simulation techniques based on the inputs disclosed in the table below:

Scheme

Grant date

Vesting date

Expiry date

2019

LTIA 
EXECS

LTIA 
CEO

5 Oct 
2018

5 Oct 
2022
31 Dec 
2022

18 Oct 
2018

18 Oct 
2022
31 Dec 
2022

LTIA 
EXECS

6 Oct 
2017

6 Oct 
2020
31 Dec 
2020

2018

LTIA 
CEO

18 Oct 
2017

18 Oct 
2020
31 Dec 
2020

LTIA 
EXECS

6 Oct 
2017

6 Oct 
2021
31 Dec 
2021

LTIA 
CEO

18 Oct 
2017

18 Oct 
2021
31 Dec 
2021

(b)  Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions
Total benefit recognised arising from share-based payment transactions 
during the period was $7.199 million (2018: total expense $3.886 million). 
The benefit recognised is a result of non-market performance conditions 
on prior period schemes not vesting during the period.

Recognition and measurement
The fair value of rights granted under the Performance Rights Plan is 
recognised as an employee benefits expense with a corresponding 
increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the rights granted, which includes any 
market performance conditions and the impact of any non-vesting 
conditions, but excludes the impact of any service and non-market 
performance vesting conditions.

The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the 
period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be 
satisfied. At the end of each period, the Company revises its estimates of 
the number of rights that are expected to vest based on the non-market 
vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original 
estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to 
equity.

Share-based compensation is settled by making on-market purchases  
of the Company’s ordinary shares.

30 Remuneration of auditors

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services 
provided by the auditor of the parent entity and its related practices:

PwC Australia

Audit and other assurance services

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

Audit and other assurance services

Audit and review of financial statements

1,175

1,295

Other assurance services

Other assurance services

58

122

Total remuneration for audit and other 
assurance services

Other services

Advisory services

Total remuneration of PwC Australia 

1,233

1,417

246

1,479

282

1,699

$5.02

$5.12

$5.02

$5.12

4 years
4 years 4 years 3 years
18.70% 18.90% 19.50% 19.40% 19.50% 19.40%

3 years 4 years

$4.14

$4.10

Share price at 
grant date
Expected life
Company 
share price 
volatility
Risk free rate
2.20% 2.30%
Dividend yield 5.20% 5.20%
Fair value

$1.70

$1.77

2.00%
5.25%
$1.91

2.00% 2.20%
5.50%
5.25%
$1.97
$1.82

2.20%
5.50%
$1.88

The Company share price volatility is based on the Company’s average 
historical share price volatility to the grant date.

FINANCIAL REPORT  

93

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued) 
31  Summary of other significant 

accounting policies

Other significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise 
stated. Where necessary, comparative information has been restated to 
conform with changes in presentation in the current year.

(a)  Basis of preparation

(i)  New and amended standards adopted by the Group
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers became applicable 
for the current reporting period and the Group updated its accounting 
policy and made reclassifications to comparatives as a result of adopting 
the standard. The impact of the adoption of AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers is disclosed in note 32.

(ii)   New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and amendments to standards have 
been published that are mandatory for reporting periods commencing  
1 July 2019 and have not been early adopted by the Group. The nature  
of the change and the potential impact is discussed further below.

AASB 16 Leases (mandatory for financial year beginning 1 July 2019) 

Nature of change:
AASB 16 Leases addresses the recognition, measurement, presentation 
and disclosure of leases. The Group will adopt the standard on 1 July 2019.

Aurizon as lessee:
The adoption of AASB 16 Leases will result in almost all previously 
recognised operating leases being recognised on the balance sheet, 
as the distinction between operating and finance leases is removed. 
Under the new standard, an asset (the right to use the leased item) 
and a finance liability to pay rentals are recognised. The lease liability is 
measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at 
the balance date and is unwound over time using either the interest rate 
implicit in the lease repayments or the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate. The right-of-use asset comprises the initial lease liability amount, 
and initial direct costs incurred when entering into the lease less lease 
incentives received for fitout contributions. The right-of-use asset is 
depreciated over the term of the lease. The new standard effectively 
replaces the Group’s operating lease expense with an interest and 
depreciation expense, except where the leases are considered to be 
short-term leases or leases of low value assets. Payments associated with 
short-term leases (i.e. leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and 
leases of low value assets will continue to be recognised on a straight-
line basis as an expense in profit and loss.

Aurizon as lessor:
Where the Group acts as lessor, it is not required to make any 
adjustments on transition to AASB 16 Leases and as a result, lease 
income will continue to be accounted for on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term in profit and loss for operating leases.

On transition to AASB 16 Leases, where the Group is a sub-lessor and 
the sub-lease is for the duration of the head lease, the right-of-use 
asset recognised from the head leases are derecognised and a lease 
receivable equal to the present value of future lease payments receivable 
is recognised.

Impact:
The Group has elected to apply the “Modified Retrospective Approach” 
when transitioning to the new standard. Under this approach, the Group 
will not be required to restate the comparative information. The right-of-
use asset will be brought onto the balance sheet at the same value as the 
lease liability on transition date, adjusted for the lease receivable on sub-
lease arrangements and any prepaid or accrued lease payments.

The Group estimates adoption will have the following impact on the 
consolidated balance sheet:

Impact on Balance Sheet line items

ASSETS

Current assets

Other assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Provisions

Other liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Other liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Retained earnings

AASB 16
$m

5.0

51.2

41.5

0.1

(9.2)

2.1

(89.2)

1.5

(1.5)

The adoption of AASB 16 Leases will result in the reclassification of 
existing balance sheet items as well as the recognition of new asset and 
liability balances to reflect the change in accounting policy for the Group 
from 1 July 2019. These include:

 › An increase in total assets of $97.7 million, including the recognition 
of a right-of-use asset in property, plant and equipment and lease 
receivables;

 › An increase in total liabilities of $96.2 million, including the recognition 

of lease liabilities; and

 › An increase in equity of $1.5 million, representing the impact on 

retained earnings on adoption of applying the modified retrospective 
transition approach.

The Group estimates adoption of AASB 16 Leases will result in an 
increase to operating profit (EBIT) of $0.5 million and a decrease in profit 
before tax of $2.8 million in the year ending 30 June 2020.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be 
expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future 
reporting years and on foreseeable future transactions.

(b)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand; deposits held  
‘at call’ with financial institutions; and other short-term, highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less that are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject  
to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

94

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

31  Summary of other significant 

accounting policies (continued) 

(c)  Foreign currency and commodity transactions

(i)  Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities 
are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated 
financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the 
Company’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii)  Transactions and balances
Where the Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in foreign 
exchange rates and market interest rates, it enters into financial 
arrangements to reduce these exposures. While the value of these 
financial instruments is subject to risk that market rates/prices may 
change subsequent to acquisition, such changes will generally be  
offset by opposite effects on the items being hedged.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of 
such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates 
are generally recognised in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if 
they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment 
hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign 
operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are 
presented in the income statement, within finance costs. All other  
foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the income  
statement on a net basis within other income or other expenses.

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency 
are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value 
was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at 
fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss.

(d)  Leases

Operating leases on property, plant and equipment
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of 
ownership are not transferred to the Group, as lessee, are classified as 
operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any 
incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Rental revenue from operating leases where the Group is a lessor is 
recognised as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Where 
a sale and lease back transaction has occurred, the lease is classified 
as either a finance lease or operating lease based on whether risks and 
rewards of ownership are transferred or not.

(e)  Financial instruments

(i)  Non-derivative financial assets
The Group initially recognises financial assets on the trade date at 
which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to 
receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been 
transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership.

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value. If the financial asset 
is not subsequently accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, 
then the initial measurement includes transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to the asset’s acquisition or origination. On initial recognition, 
the Group classifies its financial assets as subsequently measured at 
either amortised cost or fair value, depending on its business model 
for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the financial assets.

(ii)  Financial assets measured at amortised cost
A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortised cost, using 
effective interest method and net of any impairment loss, if

 › The asset is held within the business model whose objective is to hold 

assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

 › The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified 

dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective 
evidence that a financial asset (or group of financial assets) is impaired. 
For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach 
permitted by AASB 9 Financial Instruments, which requires expected 
lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

(iii)  Non-derivative liabilities
The Group initially recognises loans and debt securities issued on the 
date when they originate. Other financial liabilities are initially recognised 
on the trade date. The Group derecognises a financial liability when its 
contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.

Non-derivative financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value 
less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

FINANCIAL REPORT  

95

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

31  Summary of other significant 

accounting policies (continued) 

(f)  Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of 
associated GST, unless the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable 
from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). In this case, the GST is 
recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part  
of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST 
receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or 
payable to, the ATO is included with other receivables or payables  
in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented in the cash flow statement on a gross basis. 
The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing 
activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the ATO, are 
presented as operating cash flows.

The Company and its subsidiaries are grouped for GST purposes. 
Therefore, any inter-company transactions within the Group do not 
attract GST.

32 Changes in accounting policies
(a)  AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers –  

Impact of adoption

The Group has adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers on 1 July 2018 which has not resulted in any adjustments  
to amounts previously recognised in the financial statements. Refer to 
note 2 and note 13 for current period accounting policies and disclosures.

In accordance with the transition provisions in AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers, the Group has adopted the new rules 
retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognised on the date  
of initial application.

9696

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2017–18AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Unrecognised items and 
events after reporting date

IN THIS SECTION

Unrecognised items provide information about items that are 
not recognised in the financial statements but could potentially 
have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position and 
performance. This section also includes events ocurring after  
the reporting date.

33  Contingencies 

34  Commitments 

35  Events occurring after the reporting period 

Page 98

Page 98

Page 98

FINANCIAL REPORT  

97

Notes to the consolidated financial statements30 June 2019 (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2019 (continued)

33  Contingencies

KEEPING IT SIMPLE  
Contingencies relate to the outcome of future events and may 
result in an asset or liability, but due to current uncertainty, do 
not qualify for recognition.

(a)  Contingent liabilities
Issues relating to common law claims and product warranties are dealt 
with as they arise. There were no material contingent liabilities requiring 
disclosure in the financial statements, other than as set out below.

Guarantees and letters of credit
For information about guarantees, including the Moorebank parent 
company guarantee, and letters of credit given by the Group, refer to 
note 18(d).

(b)  Contingent assets

Guarantees and letters of credit
For information about guarantees given to the Group, refer to note 18(d).

Wiggins Island Rail Project (WIRP)
During the period, legal proceedings continued in relation to the 
notices received by Aurizon Network Pty Ltd from the WIRP customers 
purporting to exercise a right under their WIRP Deeds to reduce their 
financial exposure in respect of payment of the WIRP fee, which is non-
regulated. The Supreme Court of Queensland ruled in the Group’s favour 
on 27 June 2019, however customers lodged an appeal challenging the 
decision of the Supreme Court on 25 July 2019. 

The customers also initiated other disputes under their respective WIRP 
Deeds which were the subject of an expert determination in February 
2019. Those disputes relate to various matters relating to the completion 
of the WIRP construction works. The Expert’s Determination was issued 
on 4 June 2019 and found that the WIRP fee should be reduced.  
These disputes relate to the same component of WIRP revenue as 
the Supreme Court proceedings and will not impact recovery of the 
regulated access charge component of WIRP capital expenditure.  
The Group is determining options for appeal of this outcome.

Due to the ongoing dispute, no revenue or trade receivables in respect 
of the WIRP fee have been recognised in the period. Refer to key events 
and transactions for the reporting period for further information.

34  Commitments

(a)  Capital commitments

Property, plant and equipment

Within one year

(b)  Lease commitments

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

81.1

91.4

2019 
$m

2018 
$m

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to 
non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

19.4

75.3

79.9

174.6

25.4

101.3

142.0

268.7

The above commitments flow primarily from operating leases of property 
and machinery. These leases, with terms mostly ranging from one to 10 
years, generally provide the Group with a right of renewal at which times 
the lease terms are renegotiated. The lease payments comprise a base 
amount, while the property leases also contain a contingent rental, which 
is based on either the movements in the Consumer Price Index or another 
fixed percentage as agreed between the parties.

35  Events occurring after the  

reporting period

On 31 July 2019, the Group agreed to a settlement with a customer for 
outstanding rail haulage fees that were subject to liquidation proceedings 
before the Supreme Court of Queensland. The settlement agreed 
represents an adjusting event occurring after the reporting period. 
As a result, a provision for impairment of receivable of $20.3 million 
recognised by the Group in FY16 has been released.

98

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Directors’ Declaration
30 June 2019

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of the Company, I state that:

In the opinion of the Directors of the Company:

(a) the financial statements and notes set out on pages 46 to 98 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)   complying with Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements as detailed above, and the 

Corporations Regulations 2001,

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2019 and of its performance for the 

financial year ended on that date, and

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable, and

(c)  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group 

identified in note 23 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the 
deed of cross guarantee described in note 23.

Page 51 confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board.

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

T Poole 
Chairman 

Brisbane 
12 August 2019

99

FINANCIAL REPORT   
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of Aurizon Holdings Limited 

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The  accompanying  financial  report  of  Aurizon  Holdings  Limited  (the  Company)  and  its  controlled 
entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(a)

giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  Group's  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2019  and  of  its
financial performance for the year then ended

(b)

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

What we have audited 
The Group financial report comprises: 















the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2019

the consolidated income statement for the year then ended

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant
accounting policies

the directors’ declaration.

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial 
report section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We  are  independent  of  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the 
Corporations  Act  2001  and  the  ethical  requirements  of  the  Accounting  Professional  and  Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with the Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001 
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

100

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Our audit approach 

An  audit  is designed to  provide reasonable  assurance about  whether the financial report is  free from 
material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We  tailored  the  scope  of  our  audit  to  ensure  that  we  performed  enough  work  to  be  able  to  give  an 
opinion  on  the  financial  report  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  geographic  and  management 
structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

Materiality 

Audit scope 

Key audit matters 



Amongst other relevant topics,
we communicated the following
key audit matters to the Audit
Governance and Risk
Management Committee
(AGRMC):

  Recognition of Access

Revenue 

  Implementation of a new

revenue accounting policy 
due to the adoption of AASB 
15 

  Recoverability of assets 

(including Bulk East and 
Western Australia (WA) Cash 
Generating Units (CGUs) and 
Rollingstock) 



These are further described in
the Key audit matters section of 
our report.



For the purpose of our audit
we used overall Group
materiality of $34 million, 
which represents
approximately 5% of the
Group’s profit before tax. 

 We applied this threshold, 
together with qualitative
considerations, to determine
the scope of our audit and the
nature, timing and extent of 
our audit procedures and to 
evaluate the effect of 
misstatements on the financial
report as a whole. 

 We chose Group profit before
tax because, in our view, it is
the benchmark against which
the performance of the Group
is most commonly measured. 

 We utilised a 5% threshold
based on our professional
judgement, noting it is within
the range of commonly
acceptable thresholds. 









Our audit focused on where
the Group made subjective
judgements; for example, 
significant accounting
estimates involving
assumptions and inherently
uncertain future events. 

The Group is a large rail-based
freight operator and transports
coal, iron ore and other bulk
commodities across Australia. 

The Group also owns and
operates the Central 
Queensland Coal Network
(CQCN) which is a multi-user
track network that comprises
of four major coal systems and 
one connecting system serving 
Queensland’s Bowen Basin
coal region.

The Group has a centralised
accounting function in
Brisbane at its corporate head
office where our audit
procedures were
predominantly performed. We 
also visited the Hexham,
Callemondah, Emerald,
Merinda and Yeerongpilly
depots to perform audit
procedures on inventory. 

101

FINANCIAL REPORT  Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our  audit of the financial report  for  the  current period. The key audit matters were  addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not  provide  a  separate  opinion  on  these  matters.  Further,  any  commentary  on  the  outcomes  of  a 
particular audit procedure is made in that context.  

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

The following procedures amongst others were 
performed in relation to access revenue recognition: 









Agreed on a sample basis that revenue had been
recognised based on billings made to customers on
actual volumes hauled and approved reference
tariffs applicable during the current financial year.

Agreed the amended reference tariff applicable for
FY2019 which includes the impact of over
collection in FY2018 to the QCA approved
Reference Tariff Variation DAAU. 

Obtained computation of the adjustment charge
payable to customers (as a result of over collection
in FY2018 and FY2019 i.e. the difference between
FY2019 actual billings and the FY2019 DAAU
Reference Tariffs applied to actual volumes) and
tested the mathematical accuracy.

Agreed that the adjustment charge payable had
been adjusted as a reduction in billed revenue and
recorded as other payables as at 30 June 2019.

Recognition of Access Revenue 

During the year ended 30 June 2019 (FY2019), the 
Group recorded track access revenue of $1,077.7m. 

Track access revenue generated from the CQCN track 
systems is recognised as haulage services are provided 
to customers and is based on a number of operating 
parameters, including the volume hauled and regulator 
(Queensland Competition Authority (QCA)) approved 
pricing tariffs.  

The tariffs are determined by the total allowable 
revenue, applied to the regulatory approved annual 
volume forecast for each system. 

In May 2019, the Group submitted a Reference Tariff 
Variation Draft Amending Access Undertaking 
(DAAU). The DAAU included revised tariffs for FY2019 
incorporating a volume reset of the system forecast and 
true-up of the FY2018 over collection (net of FY16/17 
flood review events) relative to the revised tariffs which 
was to be paid to customers based on FY2019 volumes 
railed. 

On 24 June 2019, the QCA approved the DAAU and to 
repay the over collection of previous revenue 
recognised under approved tariffs for FY2018 and 
FY2019.   

The Group has disclosed that revenue for FY2019 has 
been recognised based on actual volumes railed in 
FY2019 and the 2017 Access Undertaking amended for 
the Reference Tariff Variation DAAU. 

We consider revenue recognition in relation to UT5 to 
be a key audit matter given it was a significant event in 
the financial year and had a significant impact on net 
profit for FY2019. 

Refer to Key events and transactions for the reporting 
period and Note 2 Revenue and other income included 
in the Consolidated Annual Financial Report for 
further details. 

102

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Implementation of a new revenue accounting 
policy due to the adoption of AASB 15 

The Group adopted a new revenue accounting policy 
during the year due to the mandatory introduction of 
AASB 15 Revenue for Contracts with Customers.   

The new policy for the recognition and measurement of 
revenue from contracts with customers is disclosed 
within Note 2(c) and addresses revenue from track 
access, freight transport and the capitalisation of 
customer contract costs. 

The adoption of the new revenue accounting policy was 
a key audit matter due to the: 


significance of revenue to understanding the
financial results for users of the financial report;
complexity involved in applying the new AASB 15
requirements given the regulated environment
impacting track access revenue and the complexity
of the terms and conditions in freight transport
contracts with customers
significant judgements required by the Group in
applying the new AASB 15 requirements, such as
determining if a modification to an existing
agreement should be treated as a combined or
separate contract. 





Refer to Note 2 Revenue and other income included in 
the Consolidated Annual Financial Report for further 
details. 

The following procedures amongst others were 
performed in relation to the implementation of the new 
revenue accounting policy: 















Developed an understanding of relevant key
revenue internal controls (including both new and
updated controls). 

Assessed the adequacy of the methodology and
monetary threshold used by the Group for
determining the extent of contract reviews
required to identify AASB 15 impacts. 

Assisted by PwC financial reporting specialists
assessed whether the Group’s new accounting
policies were in accordance with the requirements
of AASB 15 through consideration of accounting
papers on key areas of judgement prepared by the
Group as well as written advice sought from the
Group's experts.

 

For a sample of customer contracts: 
  developed an understanding of the key terms 
of the arrangement including parties, contract 
duration,  background of agreement, 
performance obligations and payments to be 
made; 
assessed the Group’s determination of 
performance obligations with respect to the 
contractual terms and commercial substance 
of the arrangement; 
assessed the allocation of stand-alone selling 
prices to the performance obligations 
identified; 
considered whether the transaction price was 
properly allocated based on the stand-alone 
selling price by assessing the fixed and 
variable elements included in the contracts as 
well as assessing whether or not a significant 
financing component existed. 

 

 

For a sample of contract modifications and
extensions, assessed based on the contractual 
terms and standalone selling prices whether the 
contracts should be combined and accounted for as
a single contract or accounted for as separate
contracts in accordance with the Group’s
accounting policy. 

Assessed the competency, independence and scope
of experts used by the Group to implement the new
accounting policy. 

Evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures made in
note 2 in light of the requirements of Australian
Accounting Standards. 

103

FINANCIAL REPORT  Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Recoverability of assets (including Bulk East 
and Western Australia (WA) Cash Generating 
Units  (CGUs) and Rollingstock) 

To evaluate the Group’s assessment of the recoverable 
amount of the Bulk East & WA CGUs, we performed a 
number of procedures including the following: 

Bulk East and WA CGUs   
The Bulk East and WA CGUs have been impaired in 
prior years due to the loss of key customers, 
challenging and competitive Bulk markets and 
operational performance issues.   

  Assessed whether the division of the Group’s 

property, plant and equipment assets into CGUs, 
which are the smallest identifiable groups of assets 
that can generate largely independent cash inflows, 
was consistent with our knowledge of the Group’s 
operations and internal Group reporting. 

  Evaluated if VIU or FVLCD was the highest basis 
upon which to determine the recoverable amount 
of the CGU in accordance with the Australian 
Accounting Standards. 

Bulk East CGU  
The Bulk East CGU recoverable amount continues to be 
determined based on a Fair Value less Cost of Disposal 
(FVLCD) methodology.  In FY19, an impairment 
expense of $11.4m reflecting sustaining capital 
expenditure has been recognised.  

Bulk East CGU   
  Evaluated the FVLCD of the Bulk East CGU, by 
assessing the key assumptions used in the 
valuations in determining the FVLCD assigned to 
the individual property and rollingstock assets. 

WA CGU  
The recoverable amount of the WA CGU continues to 
be determined using the Value in Use (VIU) 
methodology utilising a discounted cash flow model 
(the model). 

WA CGU   
  Assessed whether the carrying value of the CGU 
included all assets, liabilities and cashflows 
directly attributable to the CGU and a reasonable 
allocation of corporate overheads. 

No impairment or impairment reversal has been 
identified by the Group at 30 June 2019.  

In determining the recoverable amount the Group has 
made the following key judgements:  
  Key customers operate to the end of expected mine 
lives and current contractual arrangements are 
complied with; 

  Current contractual arrangements with key 

customers are renewed; and 

  A terminal value growth rate of 2.0% and the pre-
tax discount rate in the range of 8.4% to 10.9% is 
appropriate. 

  Evaluated the Group’s historical ability to forecast 
future cashflows by comparing budgets with 
reported prior years actual results. 

 

Tested that forecast cashflows used in the model 
were consistent with the most up-to-date corporate 
plan formally approved by the Board. 

  Evaluated the appropriateness of the key 

judgement made by the Group in relation to key 
customers’ current contractual arrangements. 

  Assessed, with assistance from PwC valuation 

experts: 
 

the forecast long term growth rate of 2.0% by 
comparing it to economic forecasts;  
that the pre-tax nominal discount rate applied 
in the model appropriately reflects the risks of 
the CGU; and  
the mathematical accuracy of the model.  

 

 

  Evaluated the Group’s sensitivity analysis to assess 

when further impairment would occur and 
whether this was reasonably possible. 

104 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Recoverability of assets (including Bulk East 
and Western Australia (WA) Cash Generating 
Units  (CGUs) and Rollingstock) - Continued 

Rollingstock   
The Group continually reviews its Enterprise Fleet Plan 
(EFP) which compares the rollingstock assets 
(consisting of locomotives and wagons) and their 
haulage capacity against forecast volume demand over 
a 10-year period. 

Developing the EFP and assessing the recoverability of 
rollingstock involves significant judgement by the 
Group in: 


Estimating future haulage demand for the next 10
years while incorporating the impact of any new 
contracts and the cessation of any existing
contracts; 
Determining on-going productivity and the
resulting impact on the rollingstock fleet
requirements; and
Considering the required level of contingent fleet
to maintain operational performance.





Given the judgements incorporated by the Group, the 
assessments of the recoverability of the Bulk East & WA 
CGUs and rollingstock are considered to be a key audit 
matter. 

Refer to note 4 Impairment of non-financial assets in 
the Consolidated Annual Financial Report for further 
details.  

Rollingstock 
To evaluate the Group’s assessment of the recoverable 
amount of rollingstock, we performed a number of 
procedures including the following: 









Evaluated the key assumptions included in the
Group’s EFP. 

Compared the forecast volume growth used in the
EFP to external industry reports.

Compared the forecast haulage demand and
rollingstock requirements included in the EFP to
the Board-approved corporate plan.

Evaluated the level of contingent fleet and
previously impaired rollingstock retained in
service included in the EFP.

105

FINANCIAL REPORT  Other information 

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the 
information included in the annual report for the year ended 30 June 2019, but does not include the 
financial report and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our  opinion on  the  financial  report  does not  cover the  other information  and  accordingly  we  do  not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider  whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of 
this  auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 

The directors of the Company  are  responsible for the  preparation of  the financial  report  that gives  a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal  control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report  that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  Australian  Auditing  Standards  will  always  detect  a  material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 
http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description forms part of our 
auditor's report. 

106

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 25 to 38 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 30 June 2019. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Aurizon Holdings Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Nadia Carlin 
Partner 

Brisbane 
12 August 2019 

Tim Allman 
Partner 

FINANCIAL REPORT   107

Non-IFRS Financial Information  
in 2018-19 Annual Report 

In addition to using profit as a measure of the Group and its segments’ 
financial performance, Aurizon uses EBIT (Statutory and Underlying), 
EBITDA (Statutory and Underlying), EBITDA margin – Underlying, 
Operating Ratio – Underlying, NPAT Underlying, Return On Invested 
Capital (ROIC), Net debt and Net gearing ratio. These measurements are 
not defined under IFRS and are, therefore, termed ‘Non-IFRS’ measures.

EBIT – Statutory is defined as Group profit before net finance costs and 
tax, while EBITDA – Statutory is Group profit before net finance costs, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation. EBIT Underlying can differ from 
EBIT – Statutory due to exclusion of significant items that permits a 
more appropriate and meaningful analysis of the underlying performance 
on a comparative basis. EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing 
underlying EBITDA by the total revenue. These measures are considered 
to be useful measures of the Group’s operating performance because 
they approximate the underlying operating cash flow by eliminating 
depreciation and/or amortisation.

NPAT Underlying represents the underlying EBIT less finance costs less 
tax expense excluding tax impact of significant adjustments.

Operating Ratio is defined as one less underlying EBIT divided by total 
revenue. The Operating Ratio is a performance measure of the operating 
cost of earning each dollar of revenue and it is used as one of the key 
performance measures of the Key Management Personnel.

ROIC is defined as underlying rolling twelve month EBIT divided by 
the average invested capital. The average invested capital is calculated 
by taking the rolling twelve month average of net property, plant 
and equipment including assets under construction plus investments 
accounted for using the equity method, plus net intangibles plus current 
assets less cash, less current liabilities. This measure is intended to ensure 
there is alignment between investment in infrastructure and superior 
returns for shareholders.

Net debt consists of borrowings (both current and non-current) less cash 
and cash equivalents. Net gearing ratio is defined as Net debt divided by 
Shareholders Equity plus Net debt. Net debt and Net gearing ratio are 
measures of the Group’s indebtedness and provides an indicator of the 
balance sheet strength.

These above mentioned measures are commonly used by management, 
investors and financial analysts to evaluate companies’ performance.

A reconciliation of the non-IFRS measures and specific items to the 
nearest measure prepared in accordance with IFRS is included in the 
table. The non-IFRS financial information contained within this Directors’ 
report and Notes to the Financial Statements has not been audited in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

108 AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19

Non-IFRS Financial Information  
in 2018-19 Annual Report (continued)

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Finance costs (net)

EBIT – Statutory

Add back significant adjustments:

– Bulk contract exit asset impairment

– Bulk contract exit termination payment received

– Bulk contract exit costs – redundancy and closure costs

– Bulk impairment – Western Australia

– Transformation – redundancy benefit

– Intermodal closure (benefit)/costs

– Intermodal impairment

EBIT – Underlying

Depreciation and amortisation

EBITDA – Underlying

Operating Ratio (continuing operations)

Average invested capital (continuing operations)

ROIC (continuing operations)

Total borrowings

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Net Gearing Ratio

2019

2018

Continuing 
operations
$m

Discontinued 
operation
$m

Continuing 
operations
$m

Discontinued 
operation
$m

(4.6)

(0.1)

(4.7)

–

–

–

–

–

(13.7)

25.1

6.7

0.2

6.9

681.9

147.1

829.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 829.0

542.6

 1,371.6

71.5%

8,561

9.7%

801.3

165.0

966.3

27.9

(66.3)

–

3.9

31.7

(22.9)

-

940.6

525.5

1,466.1

69.8%

8,615

10.9%

2019
$m

3,369.8

(25.2)

3,344.6

4,677.4

8,022.0

41.7%

(98.7)

-

(98.7)

-

-

–

-

-

70.1

4.6

(24.0)

2.3

(21.7)

2018
$m

3,501.9

(34.8)

3,467.1

4,730.1

8,197.2

42.3%

109

FINANCIAL REPORT  Shareholder Information

RANGE OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 5 AUGUST 2019

RANGE

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 Over

Total

17,753

21,222

2,381

1,638

85

43,079

11,283,446

45,736,511

17,306,104

32,471,402

1,883,330,869

1,990,128,332

TOTAL HOLDERS

UNITS % OF ISSUED CAPITAL

UNMARKETABLE PARCELS AS AT 5 AUGUST 2019

Minimum $500.00 parcel at $5.76 per unit

MINIMUM PARCEL SIZE

87

HOLDERS

606

The number of shareholders holding less than the marketable parcel of shares is 606 (shares: 16,126).

0.57

2.30

0.87

1.63

94.63

100

UNITS

16,126

SUBSTANTIAL HOLDERS OF 5% OR MORE OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 5 AUGUST 2019*

NAME

The Vanguard Group Inc

BlackRock Group

* As disclosed in substantial shareholder notices received by the Company.

NOTICE DATE

20/12/2017

28/01/2019

SHARES

108,337,155

122,907,978

INVESTOR CALENDAR

2020 DATES

10 February 2020

23 March 2020

10 August 2020

21 September 2020

14 October 2020

DETAILS

Half Year results and interim dividend announcement

Interim dividend payment date

Full Year results and final dividend announcement

Final dividend payment date

Annual General Meeting

The payment of a dividend is subject to the Corporations Act and Board discretion.  
The timing of any event listed above may change. Please refer to the Company website,  
aurizon.com.au, for an up-to-date list of upcoming events.

ASX code: AZJ

Investor Relations

Contact details
Aurizon 
GPO Box 456 
Brisbane QLD 4001

For general enquiries, please call 13 23 32 
within Australia. If you are calling from outside 
Australia, please dial +61 7 3019 9000.

aurizon.com.au

For all information about your shareholding, 
including employee shareholdings, dividend 
statements and change of address, contact the 
share registry Computershare on 1800 776 476 
or visit investorcentre.com.

To request information relating to Investor 
Relations please contact our Investor  
Relations team on +61 7 3019 1127 or email: 
investor.relations@aurizon.com.au.

110

AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2018–19 
 
 
TOP 20 HOLDERS OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 5 AUGUST 2019

NAME

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

QUEENSLAND TREASURY HOLDINGS PTY LTD

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD   

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

AMP LIFE LIMITED 

AVANTEOS INVESTMENTS LIMITED   

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

BAINPRO NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

AUSTRALIAN UNITED INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS (NZ) LTD 

NAVIGATOR AUSTRALIA LTD 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED – A/C 2

POWERWRAP LIMITED 

Totals: Top 20 holders of ORDINARY FULLY PAID SHARES (Total)

Total Remaining Holders Balance

UNITS

% OF UNITS

744,057,577

428,113,382

235,048,820

141,644,630

132,080,371

54,926,186

46,963,733

15,178,910

14,560,932

12,086,805

5,308,717

3,600,862

3,459,000

3,323,027

3,136,037

3,000,000

2,607,600

2,393,231

2,030,248

1,667,013

1,855,187,081

134,941,251

37.39

21.51

11.81

7.12

6.64

2.76

2.36

0.76

0.73

0.61

0.27

0.18

0.17

0.17

0.16

0.15

0.13

0.12

0.10

0.08

93.22

6.78

111

FINANCIAL REPORT  Glossary

Some terms and abbreviations 
used in this document, together 
with industry specific terms, have 
defined meanings.

These terms and abbreviations 
are set out in this glossary and are 
used throughout this document.

A reference to dollars, $ or cents 
in this document is a reference 
to Australian currency unless 
otherwise stated. Any reference 
to a statute, ordinance, code or 
other law includes regulations 
and any other instruments under 
it and consolidations, amendments, 
re-enactments or replacements 
of any of them. Any reference to 
Annual Report is a reference to 
this document.

ABN
Australian Business Number

Above Rail
Includes the business unit segments of Coal, 
Bulk and Other of Aurizon Holdings Limited

ACN
Australian Company Number

ASIC
Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission

ASX
Australian Securities Exchange operated by 
ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691)

ASX Listing Rules
The official listing rules of ASX

Aurizon
Aurizon Holdings Limited (ACN 146 335 622) 
and where the context requires, includes any 
of its subsidiaries and controlled entities

Below Rail
The business unit segment of Network — 
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (ACN 132 181 116) 
a wholly owned subsidiary of Aurizon 
Holdings Limited

Coal
The Above Rail coal haulage operating division 
of Aurizon Holdings Limited

Company or Aurizon Holdings
Aurizon Holdings Limited (ACN 146 335 622) 
and where the context requires, includes any 
of its subsidiaries and controlled entities

Company Secretary
The Company Secretary of Aurizon Holdings 
Limited

Constitution
The constitution of Aurizon Holdings Limited

Corporations Act
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

CPS
Cents Per Share

CQCN
Central Queensland Coal Network

EBIT
Earnings Before Interest and Tax

EBITDA
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation 
and Amortisation

Board
The Board of Directors of Aurizon Holdings 
Limited

EBIT Margin
Underlying Earnings Before Interest and Tax 
divided by total revenue and other income

Bulk
The Above Rail freight haulage operating 
division of Aurizon Holdings Limited

CAGR
Compound Annual Growth Rate, expressed as 
a percentage per year

CAPEX
Capital Expenditure

CGT
Capital Gains Tax

EEO
Energy Efficiency Opportunity

EEO Act
Energy Efficiency Opportunity Act 2006 (Cth)

EPS
Earnings Per Share

FY
Financial Year ended 30 June, as the context 
requires

GAP
Goonyella to Abbot Point

112 GLOSSARY

TSC
Transport Services Contract entered into 
between the Queensland State Government 
and the Company for the provision of regional 
freight and livestock services

WACC
Weighted Average Cost of Capital, expressed 
as a percentage

WICET
Wiggins Island Coal Export Terminal

WIRP
Wiggins Island Rail Project

GAPE
Goonyella to Abbot Point Expansion

OP – Operating Ratio
1 – EBIT margin, expressed as a percentage

GAAP
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

IBNR
Incurred But Not Reported

IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards

km
Kilometre

LTIA
Long Term Incentive Awards

M
Million

MAR
Maximum Allowable Revenue that Aurizon 
Network Pty Ltd is entitled to earn from 
the provision of coal carrying train services 
in the CQCN across the term of an access 
undertaking

mt
Millions of tonnes

mtpa
Millions of tonnes per annum

OPEX
Operating Expense including depreciation 
and amortisation

OTHER
A business unit segment of Aurizon 
Holdings Limited

PPT
Percentage Point

QCA
Queensland Competition Authority

RAB
Regulated Asset Base, the value of the asset 
base on which pricing is determined by the 
price regulator

Rail Process Safety
The cumulative number of SPAD, derailment 
and rollingstock to rollingstock collision 
incidents, per million train kilometres, over 
a given recording period.

Note: Infrastructure Caused SPADs have been 
removed from the SPAD element of Aurizon’s 
Rail Process Safety metric.

ROIC
Return on Invested Capital

Network
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (ACN 132 181 116) a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Aurizon Holdings

Share
A fully paid ordinary share in Aurizon Holdings

NGER
National Greenhouse Energy Reporting

STIA
Short Term Incentive Award

NGER Act
National Greenhouse Energy Reporting Act 
2007 (Cth)

ntk
Net tonne kilometre, unit of measure 
representing the movement over a distance 
of one kilometre of one tonne of contents 
excluding the weight of the locomotive 
and wagons

tonne
One metric tonne, being 1,000 kilograms

tonne kilometres
The product of tonnes and distance

TRIFR
The cumulative number of Lost Time Injuries, 
Medical Treatment Injuries and Restricted 
Work Injuries sustained by employees and 
contractors, per million hours worked, over 
a given recording period.

FINANCIAL REPORT  

113

Corporate Information

Aurizon Holdings Limited 
ABN 14 146 335 622

Directors
Tim Poole  
Andrew Harding 
Marcelo Bastos  
Russell Caplan  
Michael Fraser  
Samantha Lewis  
Kate Vidgen

Company Secretary
Dominic D Smith

Registered Office
Level 8, 900 Ann Street  
Fortitude Valley QLD 4006

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Share Registry 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited

Level 1, 200 Mary Street 
Brisbane QLD 4001

Tel: 1800 776 476 
(or +61 3 9938 4376)

114 CORPORATE INFORMATION

D
e
s
i
g
n
e
d
a
n
d
p
r
o
d
u
c
e
d
b
y

l

r
o
w
a
n
d
c
o
m
a
u

.

.

ecoStar is an environmentally responsible paper made Carbon Neutral. The greenhouse gas emissions of the 
manufacturing process including transportation of the finished product to BJ Ball Papers Warehouses has been 
measured by the Edinburgh Centre for Carbon Neutral Company and the fibre source has been independently 
certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). ecoStar is manufactured from 100% Post Consumer Recycled 
paper in a Process Chlorine Free environment under the ISO 14001 environmental management system.

 
 
 
 
  
Aurizon Holdings Limited 
ABN 14 146 335 622